From 343decfd510a3cfc0796183b70a1e66f2c91ef3d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: tildearrow Date: Mon, 11 Aug 2025 16:52:18 -0500 Subject: [PATCH] update Dear ImGui to 1.91.9 --- .../backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.cpp | 3 + .../backends/imgui_impl_dx10.cpp | 13 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp | 71 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_dx12.cpp | 56 +- .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h | 7 +- .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.cpp | 2 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp | 31 +- .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h | 4 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_glut.cpp | 2 +- .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h | 1 + .../backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm | 5 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp | 32 +- .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h | 8 +- .../imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm | 13 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp | 93 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp | 88 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp | 34 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.cpp | 34 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp | 37 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h | 15 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp | 82 +- .../backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp | 100 +- extern/imgui_patched/imconfig.h | 3 +- extern/imgui_patched/imgui.cpp | 554 +-- extern/imgui_patched/imgui.h | 108 +- extern/imgui_patched/imgui_demo.cpp | 3112 +++++++++-------- extern/imgui_patched/imgui_draw.cpp | 188 +- extern/imgui_patched/imgui_internal.h | 123 +- extern/imgui_patched/imgui_tables.cpp | 96 +- extern/imgui_patched/imgui_widgets.cpp | 173 +- extern/imgui_patched/misc/freetype/README.md | 18 +- .../misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp | 64 +- 32 files changed, 2893 insertions(+), 2277 deletions(-) diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.cpp index d0265b0a4..b990aa8f6 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_allegro5.cpp @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2025-02-18: Added ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait and ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress mouse cursor support. // 2025-01-06: Avoid calling al_set_mouse_cursor() repeatedly since it appears to leak on on X11 (#8256). // 2024-08-22: moved some OS/backend related function pointers from ImGuiIO to ImGuiPlatformIO: // - io.GetClipboardTextFn -> platform_io.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn @@ -595,6 +596,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplAllegro5_UpdateMouseCursor() case ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW: cursor_id = ALLEGRO_SYSTEM_MOUSE_CURSOR_RESIZE_E; break; case ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW: cursor_id = ALLEGRO_SYSTEM_MOUSE_CURSOR_RESIZE_NE; break; case ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE: cursor_id = ALLEGRO_SYSTEM_MOUSE_CURSOR_RESIZE_NW; break; + case ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait: cursor_id = ALLEGRO_SYSTEM_MOUSE_CURSOR_BUSY; break; + case ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress: cursor_id = ALLEGRO_SYSTEM_MOUSE_CURSOR_PROGRESS; break; case ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed: cursor_id = ALLEGRO_SYSTEM_MOUSE_CURSOR_UNAVAILABLE; break; } al_set_system_mouse_cursor(bd->Display, cursor_id); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.cpp index 5ac6514d0..dd2e600be 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx10.cpp @@ -93,8 +93,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX10_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, ID3D10Device* ImGui_ImplDX10_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX10_GetBackendData(); // Setup viewport - D3D10_VIEWPORT vp; - memset(&vp, 0, sizeof(D3D10_VIEWPORT)); + D3D10_VIEWPORT vp = {}; vp.Width = (UINT)draw_data->DisplaySize.x; vp.Height = (UINT)draw_data->DisplaySize.y; vp.MinDepth = 0.0f; @@ -158,8 +157,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX10_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) { if (bd->pVB) { bd->pVB->Release(); bd->pVB = nullptr; } bd->VertexBufferSize = draw_data->TotalVtxCount + 5000; - D3D10_BUFFER_DESC desc; - memset(&desc, 0, sizeof(D3D10_BUFFER_DESC)); + D3D10_BUFFER_DESC desc = {}; desc.Usage = D3D10_USAGE_DYNAMIC; desc.ByteWidth = bd->VertexBufferSize * sizeof(ImDrawVert); desc.BindFlags = D3D10_BIND_VERTEX_BUFFER; @@ -173,8 +171,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX10_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) { if (bd->pIB) { bd->pIB->Release(); bd->pIB = nullptr; } bd->IndexBufferSize = draw_data->TotalIdxCount + 10000; - D3D10_BUFFER_DESC desc; - memset(&desc, 0, sizeof(D3D10_BUFFER_DESC)); + D3D10_BUFFER_DESC desc = {}; desc.Usage = D3D10_USAGE_DYNAMIC; desc.ByteWidth = bd->IndexBufferSize * sizeof(ImDrawIdx); desc.BindFlags = D3D10_BIND_INDEX_BUFFER; @@ -437,7 +434,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX10_CreateDeviceObjects() // Create the constant buffer { - D3D10_BUFFER_DESC desc; + D3D10_BUFFER_DESC desc = {}; desc.ByteWidth = sizeof(VERTEX_CONSTANT_BUFFER_DX10); desc.Usage = D3D10_USAGE_DYNAMIC; desc.BindFlags = D3D10_BIND_CONSTANT_BUFFER; @@ -638,7 +635,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX10_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) ImGui_ImplDX10_ViewportData* vd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplDX10_ViewportData)(); viewport->RendererUserData = vd; - // PlatformHandleRaw should always be a HWND, whereas PlatformHandle might be a higher-level handle (e.g. GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*). + // PlatformHandleRaw should always be a HWND, whereas PlatformHandle might be a higher-level handle (e.g. GLFWWindow*, SDL's WindowID). // Some backends will leave PlatformHandleRaw == 0, in which case we assume PlatformHandle will contain the HWND. HWND hwnd = viewport->PlatformHandleRaw ? (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw : (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandle; IM_ASSERT(hwnd != 0); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp index 12ee74c2b..564021e8c 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx11.cpp @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2025-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2025-02-24: [Docking] Added undocumented ImGui_ImplDX11_SetSwapChainDescs() to configure swap chain creation for secondary viewports. // 2025-01-06: DirectX11: Expose VertexConstantBuffer in ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderState. Reset projection matrix in ImDrawCallback_ResetRenderState handler. // 2024-10-07: DirectX11: Changed default texture sampler to Clamp instead of Repeat/Wrap. // 2024-10-07: DirectX11: Expose selected render state in ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderState, which you can access in 'void* platform_io.Renderer_RenderState' during draw callbacks. @@ -71,7 +72,9 @@ struct ImGui_ImplDX11_Data ID3D11DepthStencilState* pDepthStencilState; int VertexBufferSize; int IndexBufferSize; + // tildearrow: me? bool SamplersSet; + ImVector SwapChainDescsForViewports; ImGui_ImplDX11_Data() { memset((void*)this, 0, sizeof(*this)); VertexBufferSize = 5000; IndexBufferSize = 10000; } }; @@ -98,8 +101,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX11_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, ID3D11DeviceC ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData(); // Setup viewport - D3D11_VIEWPORT vp; - memset(&vp, 0, sizeof(D3D11_VIEWPORT)); + D3D11_VIEWPORT vp = {}; vp.Width = draw_data->DisplaySize.x; vp.Height = draw_data->DisplaySize.y; vp.MinDepth = 0.0f; @@ -168,8 +170,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) { if (bd->pVB) { bd->pVB->Release(); bd->pVB = nullptr; } bd->VertexBufferSize = draw_data->TotalVtxCount + 5000; - D3D11_BUFFER_DESC desc; - memset(&desc, 0, sizeof(D3D11_BUFFER_DESC)); + D3D11_BUFFER_DESC desc = {}; desc.Usage = D3D11_USAGE_DYNAMIC; desc.ByteWidth = bd->VertexBufferSize * sizeof(ImDrawVert); desc.BindFlags = D3D11_BIND_VERTEX_BUFFER; @@ -182,8 +183,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) { if (bd->pIB) { bd->pIB->Release(); bd->pIB = nullptr; } bd->IndexBufferSize = draw_data->TotalIdxCount + 10000; - D3D11_BUFFER_DESC desc; - memset(&desc, 0, sizeof(D3D11_BUFFER_DESC)); + D3D11_BUFFER_DESC desc = {}; desc.Usage = D3D11_USAGE_DYNAMIC; desc.ByteWidth = bd->IndexBufferSize * sizeof(ImDrawIdx); desc.BindFlags = D3D11_BIND_INDEX_BUFFER; @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateDeviceObjects() // Create the constant buffer { - D3D11_BUFFER_DESC desc; + D3D11_BUFFER_DESC desc = {}; desc.ByteWidth = sizeof(VERTEX_CONSTANT_BUFFER_DX11); desc.Usage = D3D11_USAGE_DYNAMIC; desc.BindFlags = D3D11_BIND_CONSTANT_BUFFER; @@ -701,37 +701,45 @@ struct ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData ~ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(SwapChain == nullptr && RTView == nullptr); } }; +// Multi-Viewports: configure templates used when creating swapchains for secondary viewports. Will try them in order. +// This is intentionally not declared in the .h file yet, so you will need to copy this declaration: +void ImGui_ImplDX11_SetSwapChainDescs(const DXGI_SWAP_CHAIN_DESC* desc_templates, int desc_templates_count); +void ImGui_ImplDX11_SetSwapChainDescs(const DXGI_SWAP_CHAIN_DESC* desc_templates, int desc_templates_count) +{ + ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData(); + bd->SwapChainDescsForViewports.resize(desc_templates_count); + memcpy(bd->SwapChainDescsForViewports.Data, desc_templates, sizeof(DXGI_SWAP_CHAIN_DESC)); +} + static void ImGui_ImplDX11_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) { ImGui_ImplDX11_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX11_GetBackendData(); ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData* vd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplDX11_ViewportData)(); viewport->RendererUserData = vd; - // PlatformHandleRaw should always be a HWND, whereas PlatformHandle might be a higher-level handle (e.g. GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*). + // PlatformHandleRaw should always be a HWND, whereas PlatformHandle might be a higher-level handle (e.g. GLFWWindow*, SDL's WindowID). // Some backends will leave PlatformHandleRaw == 0, in which case we assume PlatformHandle will contain the HWND. HWND hwnd = viewport->PlatformHandleRaw ? (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw : (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandle; IM_ASSERT(hwnd != 0); + IM_ASSERT(vd->SwapChain == nullptr && vd->RTView == nullptr); // Create swap chain - DXGI_SWAP_CHAIN_DESC sd; - ZeroMemory(&sd, sizeof(sd)); - sd.BufferDesc.Width = (UINT)viewport->Size.x; - sd.BufferDesc.Height = (UINT)viewport->Size.y; - sd.BufferDesc.Format = DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM; - sd.SampleDesc.Count = 1; - sd.SampleDesc.Quality = 0; - sd.BufferUsage = DXGI_USAGE_RENDER_TARGET_OUTPUT; - sd.BufferCount = 1; - sd.OutputWindow = hwnd; - sd.Windowed = TRUE; - sd.SwapEffect = DXGI_SWAP_EFFECT_DISCARD; - sd.Flags = 0; - - IM_ASSERT(vd->SwapChain == nullptr && vd->RTView == nullptr); - bd->pFactory->CreateSwapChain(bd->pd3dDevice, &sd, &vd->SwapChain); + HRESULT hr = DXGI_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED; + for (const DXGI_SWAP_CHAIN_DESC& sd_template : bd->SwapChainDescsForViewports) + { + IM_ASSERT(sd_template.BufferDesc.Width == 0 && sd_template.BufferDesc.Height == 0 && sd_template.OutputWindow == nullptr); + DXGI_SWAP_CHAIN_DESC sd = sd_template; + sd.BufferDesc.Width = (UINT)viewport->Size.x; + sd.BufferDesc.Height = (UINT)viewport->Size.y; + sd.OutputWindow = hwnd; + hr = bd->pFactory->CreateSwapChain(bd->pd3dDevice, &sd, &vd->SwapChain); + if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) + break; + } + IM_ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr)); // Create the render target - if (vd->SwapChain) + if (vd->SwapChain != nullptr) { ID3D11Texture2D* pBackBuffer; vd->SwapChain->GetBuffer(0, IID_PPV_ARGS(&pBackBuffer)); @@ -801,6 +809,19 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX11_InitMultiViewportSupport() platform_io.Renderer_SetWindowSize = ImGui_ImplDX11_SetWindowSize; platform_io.Renderer_RenderWindow = ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderWindow; platform_io.Renderer_SwapBuffers = ImGui_ImplDX11_SwapBuffers; + + // Default swapchain format + DXGI_SWAP_CHAIN_DESC sd; + ZeroMemory(&sd, sizeof(sd)); + sd.BufferDesc.Format = DXGI_FORMAT_R8G8B8A8_UNORM; + sd.SampleDesc.Count = 1; + sd.SampleDesc.Quality = 0; + sd.BufferUsage = DXGI_USAGE_RENDER_TARGET_OUTPUT; + sd.BufferCount = 1; + sd.Windowed = TRUE; + sd.SwapEffect = DXGI_SWAP_EFFECT_DISCARD; + sd.Flags = 0; + ImGui_ImplDX11_SetSwapChainDescs(&sd, 1); } static void ImGui_ImplDX11_ShutdownMultiViewportSupport() diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.cpp index e53a0e7b8..72ec30956 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.cpp @@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2025-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2025-02-24: DirectX12: Fixed an issue where ImGui_ImplDX12_Init() signature change from 2024-11-15 combined with change from 2025-01-15 made legacy ImGui_ImplDX12_Init() crash. (#8429) // 2025-01-15: DirectX12: Texture upload use the command queue provided in ImGui_ImplDX12_InitInfo instead of creating its own. // 2024-12-09: DirectX12: Let user specifies the DepthStencilView format by setting ImGui_ImplDX12_InitInfo::DSVFormat. // 2024-11-15: DirectX12: *BREAKING CHANGE* Changed ImGui_ImplDX12_Init() signature to take a ImGui_ImplDX12_InitInfo struct. Legacy ImGui_ImplDX12_Init() signature is still supported (will obsolete). @@ -78,6 +79,8 @@ struct ImGui_ImplDX12_Data ID3D12Device* pd3dDevice; ID3D12RootSignature* pRootSignature; ID3D12PipelineState* pPipelineState; + ID3D12CommandQueue* pCommandQueue; + bool commandQueueOwned; DXGI_FORMAT RTVFormat; DXGI_FORMAT DSVFormat; ID3D12DescriptorHeap* pd3dSrvDescHeap; @@ -210,8 +213,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX12_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, ID3D12Graphic } // Setup viewport - D3D12_VIEWPORT vp; - memset(&vp, 0, sizeof(D3D12_VIEWPORT)); + D3D12_VIEWPORT vp = {}; vp.Width = draw_data->DisplaySize.x; vp.Height = draw_data->DisplaySize.y; vp.MinDepth = 0.0f; @@ -222,14 +224,12 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX12_SetupRenderState(ImDrawData* draw_data, ID3D12Graphic // Bind shader and vertex buffers unsigned int stride = sizeof(ImDrawVert); unsigned int offset = 0; - D3D12_VERTEX_BUFFER_VIEW vbv; - memset(&vbv, 0, sizeof(D3D12_VERTEX_BUFFER_VIEW)); + D3D12_VERTEX_BUFFER_VIEW vbv = {}; vbv.BufferLocation = fr->VertexBuffer->GetGPUVirtualAddress() + offset; vbv.SizeInBytes = fr->VertexBufferSize * stride; vbv.StrideInBytes = stride; command_list->IASetVertexBuffers(0, 1, &vbv); - D3D12_INDEX_BUFFER_VIEW ibv; - memset(&ibv, 0, sizeof(D3D12_INDEX_BUFFER_VIEW)); + D3D12_INDEX_BUFFER_VIEW ibv = {}; ibv.BufferLocation = fr->IndexBuffer->GetGPUVirtualAddress(); ibv.SizeInBytes = fr->IndexBufferSize * sizeof(ImDrawIdx); ibv.Format = sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? DXGI_FORMAT_R16_UINT : DXGI_FORMAT_R32_UINT; @@ -270,13 +270,11 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX12_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, ID3D12GraphicsCommandL { SafeRelease(fr->VertexBuffer); fr->VertexBufferSize = draw_data->TotalVtxCount + 5000; - D3D12_HEAP_PROPERTIES props; - memset(&props, 0, sizeof(D3D12_HEAP_PROPERTIES)); + D3D12_HEAP_PROPERTIES props = {}; props.Type = D3D12_HEAP_TYPE_UPLOAD; props.CPUPageProperty = D3D12_CPU_PAGE_PROPERTY_UNKNOWN; props.MemoryPoolPreference = D3D12_MEMORY_POOL_UNKNOWN; - D3D12_RESOURCE_DESC desc; - memset(&desc, 0, sizeof(D3D12_RESOURCE_DESC)); + D3D12_RESOURCE_DESC desc = {}; desc.Dimension = D3D12_RESOURCE_DIMENSION_BUFFER; desc.Width = fr->VertexBufferSize * sizeof(ImDrawVert); desc.Height = 1; @@ -293,13 +291,11 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX12_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, ID3D12GraphicsCommandL { SafeRelease(fr->IndexBuffer); fr->IndexBufferSize = draw_data->TotalIdxCount + 10000; - D3D12_HEAP_PROPERTIES props; - memset(&props, 0, sizeof(D3D12_HEAP_PROPERTIES)); + D3D12_HEAP_PROPERTIES props = {}; props.Type = D3D12_HEAP_TYPE_UPLOAD; props.CPUPageProperty = D3D12_CPU_PAGE_PROPERTY_UNKNOWN; props.MemoryPoolPreference = D3D12_MEMORY_POOL_UNKNOWN; - D3D12_RESOURCE_DESC desc; - memset(&desc, 0, sizeof(D3D12_RESOURCE_DESC)); + D3D12_RESOURCE_DESC desc = {}; desc.Dimension = D3D12_RESOURCE_DIMENSION_BUFFER; desc.Width = fr->IndexBufferSize * sizeof(ImDrawIdx); desc.Height = 1; @@ -407,8 +403,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX12_CreateFontsTexture() // Upload texture to graphics system ImGui_ImplDX12_Texture* font_tex = &bd->FontTexture; { - D3D12_HEAP_PROPERTIES props; - memset(&props, 0, sizeof(D3D12_HEAP_PROPERTIES)); + D3D12_HEAP_PROPERTIES props = {}; props.Type = D3D12_HEAP_TYPE_DEFAULT; props.CPUPageProperty = D3D12_CPU_PAGE_PROPERTY_UNKNOWN; props.MemoryPoolPreference = D3D12_MEMORY_POOL_UNKNOWN; @@ -507,7 +502,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX12_CreateFontsTexture() hr = cmdList->Close(); IM_ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr)); - ID3D12CommandQueue* cmdQueue = bd->InitInfo.CommandQueue; + ID3D12CommandQueue* cmdQueue = bd->pCommandQueue; cmdQueue->ExecuteCommandLists(1, (ID3D12CommandList* const*)&cmdList); hr = cmdQueue->Signal(fence, 1); IM_ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr)); @@ -635,8 +630,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX12_CreateDeviceObjects() // 2) use code to detect any version of the DLL and grab a pointer to D3DCompile from the DLL. // See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/638 for sources and details. - D3D12_GRAPHICS_PIPELINE_STATE_DESC psoDesc; - memset(&psoDesc, 0, sizeof(D3D12_GRAPHICS_PIPELINE_STATE_DESC)); + D3D12_GRAPHICS_PIPELINE_STATE_DESC psoDesc = {}; psoDesc.NodeMask = 1; psoDesc.PrimitiveTopologyType = D3D12_PRIMITIVE_TOPOLOGY_TYPE_TRIANGLE; psoDesc.pRootSignature = bd->pRootSignature; @@ -786,6 +780,9 @@ void ImGui_ImplDX12_InvalidateDeviceObjects() if (!bd || !bd->pd3dDevice) return; + if (bd->commandQueueOwned) + SafeRelease(bd->pCommandQueue); + bd->commandQueueOwned = false; SafeRelease(bd->pRootSignature); SafeRelease(bd->pPipelineState); @@ -809,6 +806,8 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX12_Init(ImGui_ImplDX12_InitInfo* init_info) init_info = &bd->InitInfo; bd->pd3dDevice = init_info->Device; + IM_ASSERT(init_info->CommandQueue != NULL); + bd->pCommandQueue = init_info->CommandQueue; bd->RTVFormat = init_info->RTVFormat; bd->DSVFormat = init_info->DSVFormat; bd->numFramesInFlight = init_info->NumFramesInFlight; @@ -834,7 +833,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX12_Init(ImGui_ImplDX12_InitInfo* init_info) init_info->SrvDescriptorAllocFn = [](ImGui_ImplDX12_InitInfo*, D3D12_CPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE* out_cpu_handle, D3D12_GPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE* out_gpu_handle) { ImGui_ImplDX12_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX12_GetBackendData(); - IM_ASSERT(bd->LegacySingleDescriptorUsed == false); + IM_ASSERT(bd->LegacySingleDescriptorUsed == false && "Only 1 simultaneous texture allowed with legacy ImGui_ImplDX12_Init() signature!"); *out_cpu_handle = bd->InitInfo.LegacySingleSrvCpuDescriptor; *out_gpu_handle = bd->InitInfo.LegacySingleSrvGpuDescriptor; bd->LegacySingleDescriptorUsed = true; @@ -866,8 +865,19 @@ bool ImGui_ImplDX12_Init(ID3D12Device* device, int num_frames_in_flight, DXGI_FO init_info.RTVFormat = rtv_format; init_info.SrvDescriptorHeap = srv_descriptor_heap; init_info.LegacySingleSrvCpuDescriptor = font_srv_cpu_desc_handle; - init_info.LegacySingleSrvGpuDescriptor = font_srv_gpu_desc_handle;; - return ImGui_ImplDX12_Init(&init_info); + init_info.LegacySingleSrvGpuDescriptor = font_srv_gpu_desc_handle; + + D3D12_COMMAND_QUEUE_DESC queueDesc = {}; + queueDesc.Type = D3D12_COMMAND_LIST_TYPE_DIRECT; + queueDesc.Flags = D3D12_COMMAND_QUEUE_FLAG_NONE; + queueDesc.NodeMask = 1; + HRESULT hr = device->CreateCommandQueue(&queueDesc, IID_PPV_ARGS(&init_info.CommandQueue)); + IM_ASSERT(SUCCEEDED(hr)); + + bool ret = ImGui_ImplDX12_Init(&init_info); + ImGui_ImplDX12_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplDX12_GetBackendData(); + bd->commandQueueOwned = true; + return ret; } #endif @@ -919,7 +929,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX12_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) ImGui_ImplDX12_ViewportData* vd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplDX12_ViewportData)(bd->numFramesInFlight); viewport->RendererUserData = vd; - // PlatformHandleRaw should always be a HWND, whereas PlatformHandle might be a higher-level handle (e.g. GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*). + // PlatformHandleRaw should always be a HWND, whereas PlatformHandle might be a higher-level handle (e.g. GLFWWindow*, SDL's WindowID). // Some backends will leave PlatformHandleRaw == 0, in which case we assume PlatformHandle will contain the HWND. HWND hwnd = viewport->PlatformHandleRaw ? (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw : (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandle; IM_ASSERT(hwnd != 0); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h index f90cb9bc1..c82514c59 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx12.h @@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ struct ImGui_ImplDX12_InitInfo { ID3D12Device* Device; - ID3D12CommandQueue* CommandQueue; + ID3D12CommandQueue* CommandQueue; // Command queue used for queuing texture uploads. int NumFramesInFlight; DXGI_FORMAT RTVFormat; // RenderTarget format. DXGI_FORMAT DSVFormat; // DepthStencilView format. void* UserData; // Allocating SRV descriptors for textures is up to the application, so we provide callbacks. - // (current version of the backend will only allocate one descriptor, future versions will need to allocate more) + // (current version of the backend will only allocate one descriptor, from 1.92 the backend will need to allocate more) ID3D12DescriptorHeap* SrvDescriptorHeap; void (*SrvDescriptorAllocFn)(ImGui_ImplDX12_InitInfo* info, D3D12_CPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE* out_cpu_desc_handle, D3D12_GPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE* out_gpu_desc_handle); void (*SrvDescriptorFreeFn)(ImGui_ImplDX12_InitInfo* info, D3D12_CPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE cpu_desc_handle, D3D12_GPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE gpu_desc_handle); @@ -55,7 +55,8 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplDX12_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, ID3 #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS // Legacy initialization API Obsoleted in 1.91.5 -// font_srv_cpu_desc_handle and font_srv_gpu_desc_handle are handles to a single SRV descriptor to use for the internal font texture, they must be in 'srv_descriptor_heap' +// - font_srv_cpu_desc_handle and font_srv_gpu_desc_handle are handles to a single SRV descriptor to use for the internal font texture, they must be in 'srv_descriptor_heap' +// - When we introduced the ImGui_ImplDX12_InitInfo struct we also added a 'ID3D12CommandQueue* CommandQueue' field. IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplDX12_Init(ID3D12Device* device, int num_frames_in_flight, DXGI_FORMAT rtv_format, ID3D12DescriptorHeap* srv_descriptor_heap, D3D12_CPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE font_srv_cpu_desc_handle, D3D12_GPU_DESCRIPTOR_HANDLE font_srv_gpu_desc_handle); #endif diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.cpp index b494cd1eb..05b3c3cdf 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_dx9.cpp @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplDX9_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) ImGui_ImplDX9_ViewportData* vd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplDX9_ViewportData)(); viewport->RendererUserData = vd; - // PlatformHandleRaw should always be a HWND, whereas PlatformHandle might be a higher-level handle (e.g. GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*). + // PlatformHandleRaw should always be a HWND, whereas PlatformHandle might be a higher-level handle (e.g. GLFWWindow*, SDL's WindowID). // Some backends will leave PlatformHandleRaw == 0, in which case we assume PlatformHandle will contain the HWND. HWND hwnd = viewport->PlatformHandleRaw ? (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandleRaw : (HWND)viewport->PlatformHandle; IM_ASSERT(hwnd != 0); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp index 7a0b1f54d..a3d545491 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.cpp @@ -11,7 +11,9 @@ // [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility (ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors). Resizing cursors requires GLFW 3.4+! Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. // [X] Platform: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'. // Missing features or Issues: -// [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport: ParentViewportID not honored, and so io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent has no effect (minor). +// [ ] Touch events are only correctly identified as Touch on Windows. This create issues with some interactions. GLFW doesn't provide a way to identify touch inputs from mouse inputs, we cannot call io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to identify the source. We provide a Windows-specific workaround. +// [ ] Missing ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait and ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress cursors. +// [ ] Multi-viewport: ParentViewportID not honored, and so io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent has no effect (minor). // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. @@ -29,8 +31,11 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2025-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2025-03-10: Map GLFW_KEY_WORLD_1 and GLFW_KEY_WORLD_2 into ImGuiKey_Oem102. +// 2025-03-03: Fixed clipboard handler assertion when using GLFW <= 3.2.1 compiled with asserts enabled. +// 2025-02-21: [Docking] Update monitors and work areas information every frame, as the later may change regardless of monitor changes. (#8415) // 2024-11-05: [Docking] Added Linux workaround for spurious mouse up events emitted while dragging and creating new viewport. (#3158, #7733, #7922) -// 2024-08-22: moved some OS/backend related function pointers from ImGuiIO to ImGuiPlatformIO: +// 2024-08-22: Moved some OS/backend related function pointers from ImGuiIO to ImGuiPlatformIO: // - io.GetClipboardTextFn -> platform_io.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn // - io.SetClipboardTextFn -> platform_io.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn // - io.PlatformOpenInShellFn -> platform_io.Platform_OpenInShellFn @@ -179,7 +184,6 @@ struct ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data GLFWwindow* KeyOwnerWindows[GLFW_KEY_LAST]; bool InstalledCallbacks; bool CallbacksChainForAllWindows; - bool WantUpdateMonitors; #ifdef EMSCRIPTEN_USE_EMBEDDED_GLFW3 const char* CanvasSelector; #endif @@ -250,6 +254,8 @@ ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplGlfw_KeyToImGuiKey(int keycode, int scancode) case GLFW_KEY_EQUAL: return ImGuiKey_Equal; case GLFW_KEY_LEFT_BRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; case GLFW_KEY_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; + case GLFW_KEY_WORLD_1: return ImGuiKey_Oem102; + case GLFW_KEY_WORLD_2: return ImGuiKey_Oem102; case GLFW_KEY_RIGHT_BRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; case GLFW_KEY_GRAVE_ACCENT: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; case GLFW_KEY_CAPS_LOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock; @@ -518,8 +524,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_CharCallback(GLFWwindow* window, unsigned int c) void ImGui_ImplGlfw_MonitorCallback(GLFWmonitor*, int) { - ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); - bd->WantUpdateMonitors = true; + // This function is technically part of the API even if we stopped using the callback, so leaving it around. } #ifdef EMSCRIPTEN_USE_EMBEDDED_GLFW3 @@ -626,11 +631,16 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplGlfw_Init(GLFWwindow* window, bool install_callbacks, Glfw bd->Window = window; bd->Time = 0.0; - bd->WantUpdateMonitors = true; ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); +#if GLFW_VERSION_COMBINED < 3300 + platform_io.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn = [](ImGuiContext*, const char* text) { glfwSetClipboardString(ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData()->Window, text); }; + platform_io.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn = [](ImGuiContext*) { return glfwGetClipboardString(ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData()->Window); }; +#else platform_io.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn = [](ImGuiContext*, const char* text) { glfwSetClipboardString(nullptr, text); }; platform_io.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn = [](ImGuiContext*) { return glfwGetClipboardString(nullptr); }; +#endif + #ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ platform_io.Platform_OpenInShellFn = [](ImGuiContext*, const char* url) { ImGui_ImplGlfw_EmscriptenOpenURL(url); return true; }; #endif @@ -909,9 +919,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateGamepads() static void ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMonitors() { - ImGui_ImplGlfw_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplGlfw_GetBackendData(); ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); - bd->WantUpdateMonitors = false; int monitors_count = 0; GLFWmonitor** glfw_monitors = glfwGetMonitors(&monitors_count); @@ -965,8 +973,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_NewFrame() io.DisplaySize = ImVec2((float)w, (float)h); if (w > 0 && h > 0) io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / (float)w, (float)display_h / (float)h); - if (bd->WantUpdateMonitors) - ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMonitors(); + ImGui_ImplGlfw_UpdateMonitors(); // Setup time step // (Accept glfwGetTime() not returning a monotonically increasing value. Seems to happens on disconnecting peripherals and probably on VMs and Emscripten, see #6491, #6189, #6114, #3644) @@ -1053,10 +1060,10 @@ void ImGui_ImplGlfw_InstallEmscriptenCallbacks(GLFWwindow* window, const char* c // If you are new to dear imgui or creating a new binding for dear imgui, it is recommended that you completely ignore this section first.. //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper structure we store in the void* RendererUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. +// Helper structure we store in the void* PlatformUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. struct ImGui_ImplGlfw_ViewportData { - GLFWwindow* Window; + GLFWwindow* Window; // Stored in ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandle bool WindowOwned; int IgnoreWindowPosEventFrame; int IgnoreWindowSizeEventFrame; diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h index 16930d11a..fb6f3118a 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glfw.h @@ -11,7 +11,9 @@ // [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility (ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors). Resizing cursors requires GLFW 3.4+! Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. // [X] Platform: Multi-viewport support (multiple windows). Enable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_ViewportsEnable'. // Missing features or Issues: -// [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport: ParentViewportID not honored, and so io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent has no effect (minor). +// [ ] Touch events are only correctly identified as Touch on Windows. This create issues with some interactions. GLFW doesn't provide a way to identify touch inputs from mouse inputs, we cannot call io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to identify the source. We provide a Windows-specific workaround. +// [ ] Missing ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait and ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress cursors. +// [ ] Multi-viewport: ParentViewportID not honored, and so io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent has no effect (minor). // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glut.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glut.cpp index 04591960b..bb78a9b0f 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glut.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_glut.cpp @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ static int g_Time = 0; // Current time, in milliseconds -// Glut has 1 function for characters and one for "special keys". We map the characters in the 0..255 range and the keys above. +// Glut has one function for characters and one for "special keys". We map the characters in the 0..255 range and the keys above. static ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplGLUT_KeyToImGuiKey(int key) { switch (key) diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h index 910d7858f..6d176b76b 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_metal.h @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ // - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). // - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp +#pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm index 960543133..f9fae9f69 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_metal.mm @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2025-XX-XX: Metal: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2025-02-03: Metal: Crash fix. (#8367) // 2025-01-08: Metal: Fixed memory leaks when using metal-cpp (#8276, #8166) or when using multiple contexts (#7419). // 2022-08-23: Metal: Update deprecated property 'sampleCount'->'rasterSampleCount'. // 2022-07-05: Metal: Add dispatch synchronization. @@ -330,11 +331,11 @@ void ImGui_ImplMetal_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* drawData, id c indexBufferOffset += (size_t)draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawIdx); } - __block MetalContext* sharedMetalContext = bd->SharedMetalContext; + MetalContext* sharedMetalContext = bd->SharedMetalContext; [commandBuffer addCompletedHandler:^(id) { dispatch_async(dispatch_get_main_queue(), ^{ - @synchronized(bd->SharedMetalContext.bufferCache) + @synchronized(sharedMetalContext.bufferCache) { [sharedMetalContext.bufferCache addObject:vertexBuffer]; [sharedMetalContext.bufferCache addObject:indexBuffer]; diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp index 231aa3b17..a22268970 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp @@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2025-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2025-02-18: OpenGL: Lazily reinitialize embedded GL loader for when calling backend from e.g. other DLL boundaries. (#8406) // 2024-10-07: OpenGL: Changed default texture sampler to Clamp instead of Repeat/Wrap. // 2024-06-28: OpenGL: ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame() recreates font texture if it has been destroyed by ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_DestroyFontsTexture(). (#7748) // 2024-05-07: OpenGL: Update loader for Linux to support EGL/GLVND. (#7562) @@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ // 2021-01-03: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_STENCIL_TEST state. // 2020-10-23: OpenGL: Backup, setup and restore GL_PRIMITIVE_RESTART state. // 2020-10-15: OpenGL: Use glGetString(GL_VERSION) instead of glGetIntegerv(GL_MAJOR_VERSION, ...) when the later returns zero (e.g. Desktop GL 2.x) -// 2020-09-17: OpenGL: Fix to avoid compiling/calling glBindSampler() on ES or pre 3.3 context which have the defines set by a loader. +// 2020-09-17: OpenGL: Fix to avoid compiling/calling glBindSampler() on ES or pre-3.3 context which have the defines set by a loader. // 2020-07-10: OpenGL: Added support for glad2 OpenGL loader. // 2020-05-08: OpenGL: Made default GLSL version 150 (instead of 130) on OSX. // 2020-04-21: OpenGL: Fixed handling of glClipControl(GL_UPPER_LEFT) by inverting projection matrix. @@ -171,6 +172,7 @@ // - You can temporarily use an unstripped version. See https://github.com/dearimgui/gl3w_stripped/releases // Changes to this backend using new APIs should be accompanied by a regenerated stripped loader version. #define IMGL3W_IMPL +#define IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_IMGL3W #include "imgui_impl_opengl3_loader.h" #endif @@ -285,6 +287,21 @@ struct ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_VtxAttribState }; #endif +// Not static to allow third-party code to use that if they want to (but undocumented) +bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_InitLoader(); +bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_InitLoader() +{ + // Initialize our loader +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_IMGL3W + if (glGetIntegerv == nullptr && imgl3wInit() != 0) + { + fprintf(stderr, "Failed to initialize OpenGL loader!\n"); + return false; + } +#endif + return true; +} + // Functions bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) { @@ -292,14 +309,9 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) IMGUI_CHECKVERSION(); IM_ASSERT(io.BackendRendererUserData == nullptr && "Already initialized a renderer backend!"); - // Initialize our loader -#if !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES2) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_ES3) && !defined(IMGUI_IMPL_OPENGL_LOADER_CUSTOM) - if (imgl3wInit() != 0) - { - fprintf(stderr, "Failed to initialize OpenGL loader!\n"); + // Initialize loader + if (!ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_InitLoader()) return false; - } -#endif // Setup backend capabilities flags ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = IM_NEW(ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data)(); @@ -316,6 +328,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init(const char* glsl_version) // GLES 2 bd->GlVersion = 200; bd->GlProfileIsES2 = true; + IM_UNUSED(gl_version_str); #else // Desktop or GLES 3 GLint major = 0; @@ -423,6 +436,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_NewFrame() IM_ASSERT(bd != nullptr && "Context or backend not initialized! Did you call ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Init()?"); bool ret=true; + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_InitLoader(); // Lazily init loader if not already done for e.g. DLL boundaries. if (!bd->ShaderHandle) ret=ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_CreateDeviceObjects(); @@ -518,6 +532,8 @@ void ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data) if (fb_width <= 0 || fb_height <= 0) return; + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_InitLoader(); // Lazily init loader if not already done for e.g. DLL boundaries. + ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplOpenGL3_GetBackendData(); // Backup GL state diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h index 08bfe76e6..cd359a7de 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.h @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ // [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility (ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors). Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. // [X] Platform: IME support. // [x] Platform: Multi-viewport / platform windows. -// Issues: -// [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport: Window size not correctly reported when enabling io.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration -// [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport: ParentViewportID not honored, and so io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent has no effect (minor). +// Missing features or Issues: +// [ ] Missing ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait and ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress cursors. +// [ ] Multi-viewport: Window size not correctly reported when enabling io.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration +// [ ] Multi-viewport: ParentViewportID not honored, and so io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent has no effect (minor). // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. @@ -23,6 +24,7 @@ // - Documentation https://dearimgui.com/docs (same as your local docs/ folder). // - Introduction, links and more at the top of imgui.cpp +#pragma once #include "imgui.h" // IMGUI_IMPL_API #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm index 5d067f524..f29e504a8 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_osx.mm @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@ // [X] Platform: Mouse cursor shape and visibility (ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors). Disable with 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange'. // [X] Platform: IME support. // [x] Platform: Multi-viewport / platform windows. -// Issues: -// [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport: Window size not correctly reported when enabling io.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration -// [ ] Platform: Multi-viewport: ParentViewportID not honored, and so io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent has no effect (minor). +// Missing features or Issues: +// [ ] Missing ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait and ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress cursors. +// [ ] Multi-viewport: Window size not correctly reported when enabling io.ConfigViewportsNoDecoration +// [ ] Multi-viewport: ParentViewportID not honored, and so io.ConfigViewportsNoDefaultParent has no effect (minor). // You can use unmodified imgui_impl_* files in your project. See examples/ folder for examples of using this. // Prefer including the entire imgui/ repository into your project (either as a copy or as a submodule), and only build the backends you need. @@ -42,7 +43,7 @@ // 2024-07-02: Update for io.SetPlatformImeDataFn() -> io.PlatformSetImeDataFn() renaming in main library. // 2023-10-05: Inputs: Added support for extra ImGuiKey values: F13 to F20 function keys. Stopped mapping F13 into PrintScreen. // 2023-04-09: Inputs: Added support for io.AddMouseSourceEvent() to discriminate ImGuiMouseSource_Mouse/ImGuiMouseSource_Pen. -// 2023-02-01: Fixed scroll wheel scaling for devices emitting events with hasPreciseScrollingDeltas==false (e.g. non-Apple mices). +// 2023-02-01: Fixed scroll wheel scaling for devices emitting events with hasPreciseScrollingDeltas==false (e.g. non-Apple mice). // 2022-11-02: Fixed mouse coordinates before clicking the host window. // 2022-10-06: Fixed mouse inputs on flipped views. // 2022-09-26: Inputs: Renamed ImGuiKey_ModXXX introduced in 1.87 to ImGuiMod_XXX (old names still supported). @@ -456,12 +457,12 @@ bool ImGui_ImplOSX_Init(NSView* view) bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow] = [NSCursor arrowCursor]; bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput] = [NSCursor IBeamCursor]; bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll] = [NSCursor closedHandCursor]; - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = [NSCursor pointingHandCursor]; - bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = [NSCursor operationNotAllowedCursor]; bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS] = [NSCursor respondsToSelector:@selector(_windowResizeNorthSouthCursor)] ? [NSCursor _windowResizeNorthSouthCursor] : [NSCursor resizeUpDownCursor]; bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW] = [NSCursor respondsToSelector:@selector(_windowResizeEastWestCursor)] ? [NSCursor _windowResizeEastWestCursor] : [NSCursor resizeLeftRightCursor]; bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = [NSCursor respondsToSelector:@selector(_windowResizeNorthEastSouthWestCursor)] ? [NSCursor _windowResizeNorthEastSouthWestCursor] : [NSCursor closedHandCursor]; bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = [NSCursor respondsToSelector:@selector(_windowResizeNorthWestSouthEastCursor)] ? [NSCursor _windowResizeNorthWestSouthEastCursor] : [NSCursor closedHandCursor]; + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = [NSCursor pointingHandCursor]; + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = [NSCursor operationNotAllowedCursor]; // Note that imgui.cpp also include default OSX clipboard handlers which can be enabled // by adding '#define IMGUI_ENABLE_OSX_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS' in imconfig.h and adding '-framework ApplicationServices' to your linker command-line. diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp index 995b5e4f9..50cc5b56f 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl2.cpp @@ -26,6 +26,13 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2025-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2025-03-10: When dealing with OEM keys, use scancodes instead of translated keycodes to choose ImGuiKey values. (#7136, #7201, #7206, #7306, #7670, #7672, #8468) +// 2025-02-26: Only start SDL_CaptureMouse() when mouse is being dragged, to mitigate issues with e.g.Linux debuggers not claiming capture back. (#6410, #3650) +// 2025-02-25: [Docking] Revert to use SDL_GetDisplayBounds() for WorkPos/WorkRect if SDL_GetDisplayUsableBounds() failed. +// 2025-02-24: Avoid calling SDL_GetGlobalMouseState() when mouse is in relative mode. +// 2025-02-21: [Docking] Update monitors and work areas information every frame, as the later may change regardless of monitor changes. (#8415) +// 2025-02-18: Added ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait and ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress mouse cursor support. +// 2025-02-10: Using SDL_OpenURL() in platform_io.Platform_OpenInShellFn handler. // 2025-01-20: Made ImGui_ImplSDL2_SetGamepadMode(ImGui_ImplSDL2_GamepadMode_Manual) accept an empty array. // 2024-10-24: Emscripten: from SDL 2.30.9, SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_WHEEL event doesn't require dividing by 100.0f. // 2024-09-09: use SDL_Vulkan_GetDrawableSize() when available. (#7967, #3190) @@ -131,6 +138,7 @@ extern "C" { #define SDL_HAS_PER_MONITOR_DPI SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,4) #define SDL_HAS_VULKAN SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,6) #define SDL_HAS_DISPLAY_EVENT SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,9) +#define SDL_HAS_OPEN_URL SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,14) #define SDL_HAS_SHOW_WINDOW_ACTIVATION_HINT SDL_VERSION_ATLEAST(2,0,18) #if SDL_HAS_VULKAN #include @@ -142,12 +150,11 @@ static const Uint32 SDL_WINDOW_VULKAN = 0x10000000; struct ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data { SDL_Window* Window; - Uint32 WindowID; + Uint32 WindowID; // Stored in ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandle. Use SDL_GetWindowFromID() to get SDL_Window* from Uint32 WindowID. SDL_Renderer* Renderer; Uint64 Time; char* ClipboardTextData; bool UseVulkan; - bool WantUpdateMonitors; // Mouse handling Uint32 MouseWindowID; @@ -213,7 +220,6 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_PlatformSetImeData(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiViewport* view ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeyEventToImGuiKey(SDL_Keycode keycode, SDL_Scancode scancode); ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeyEventToImGuiKey(SDL_Keycode keycode, SDL_Scancode scancode) { - IM_UNUSED(scancode); switch (keycode) { case SDLK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab; @@ -231,17 +237,17 @@ ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeyEventToImGuiKey(SDL_Keycode keycode, SDL_Scancode sca case SDLK_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space; case SDLK_RETURN: return ImGuiKey_Enter; case SDLK_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape; - case SDLK_QUOTE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; + //case SDLK_QUOTE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; case SDLK_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma; - case SDLK_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus; + //case SDLK_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus; case SDLK_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period; - case SDLK_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash; + //case SDLK_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash; case SDLK_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon; - case SDLK_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal; - case SDLK_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; - case SDLK_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; - case SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; - case SDLK_BACKQUOTE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; + //case SDLK_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal; + //case SDLK_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; + //case SDLK_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; + //case SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; + //case SDLK_BACKQUOTE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; case SDLK_CAPSLOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock; case SDLK_SCROLLLOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock; case SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR: return ImGuiKey_NumLock; @@ -337,6 +343,24 @@ ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL2_KeyEventToImGuiKey(SDL_Keycode keycode, SDL_Scancode sca case SDLK_AC_FORWARD: return ImGuiKey_AppForward; default: break; } + + // Fallback to scancode + switch (scancode) + { + case SDL_SCANCODE_GRAVE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; + case SDL_SCANCODE_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus; + case SDL_SCANCODE_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal; + case SDL_SCANCODE_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; + case SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; + case SDL_SCANCODE_NONUSBACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Oem102; + case SDL_SCANCODE_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; + case SDL_SCANCODE_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon; + case SDL_SCANCODE_APOSTROPHE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; + case SDL_SCANCODE_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma; + case SDL_SCANCODE_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period; + case SDL_SCANCODE_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash; + default: break; + } return ImGuiKey_None; } @@ -445,15 +469,6 @@ bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event) io.SetKeyEventNativeData(key, event->key.keysym.sym, event->key.keysym.scancode, event->key.keysym.scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code). Legacy backend uses SDLK_*** as indices to IsKeyXXX() functions. return true; } -#if SDL_HAS_DISPLAY_EVENT - case SDL_DISPLAYEVENT: - { - // 2.0.26 has SDL_DISPLAYEVENT_CONNECTED/SDL_DISPLAYEVENT_DISCONNECTED/SDL_DISPLAYEVENT_ORIENTATION, - // so change of DPI/Scaling are not reflected in this event. (SDL3 has it) - bd->WantUpdateMonitors = true; - return true; - } -#endif case SDL_WINDOWEVENT: { ImGuiViewport* viewport = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetViewportForWindowID(event->window.windowID); @@ -545,6 +560,8 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer, void platform_io.Platform_SetImeDataFn = ImGui_ImplSDL2_PlatformSetImeData; #ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__ platform_io.Platform_OpenInShellFn = [](ImGuiContext*, const char* url) { ImGui_ImplSDL2_EmscriptenOpenURL(url); return true; }; +#elif SDL_HAS_OPEN_URL + platform_io.Platform_OpenInShellFn = [](ImGuiContext*, const char* url) { return SDL_OpenURL(url) == 0; }; #endif // Update monitor a first time during init @@ -563,6 +580,8 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplSDL2_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer, void bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENESW); bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_SIZENWSE); bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_HAND); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_WAIT); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_WAITARROW); bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NO); // Set platform dependent data in viewport @@ -680,8 +699,14 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData() // We forward mouse input when hovered or captured (via SDL_MOUSEMOTION) or when focused (below) #if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE - // SDL_CaptureMouse() let the OS know e.g. that our imgui drag outside the SDL window boundaries shouldn't e.g. trigger other operations outside - SDL_CaptureMouse((bd->MouseButtonsDown != 0) ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE); + // - SDL_CaptureMouse() let the OS know e.g. that our drags can extend outside of parent boundaries (we want updated position) and shouldn't trigger other operations outside. + // - Debuggers under Linux tends to leave captured mouse on break, which may be very inconvenient, so to migitate the issue we wait until mouse has moved to begin capture. + bool want_capture = false; + for (int button_n = 0; button_n < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && !want_capture; button_n++) + if (ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button_n, 1.0f)) + want_capture = true; + SDL_CaptureMouse(want_capture ? SDL_TRUE : SDL_FALSE); + SDL_Window* focused_window = SDL_GetKeyboardFocus(); const bool is_app_focused = (focused_window && (bd->Window == focused_window || ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetViewportForWindowID(SDL_GetWindowID(focused_window)) != NULL)); #else @@ -703,7 +728,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMouseData() } // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (SDL_MOUSEMOTION already provides this when hovered or captured) - if (bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0) + const bool is_relative_mouse_mode = SDL_GetRelativeMouseMode() != 0; + if (bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0 && !is_relative_mouse_mode) { // Single-viewport mode: mouse position in client window coordinates (io.MousePos is (0,0) when the mouse is on the upper-left corner of the app window) // Multi-viewport mode: mouse position in OS absolute coordinates (io.MousePos is (0,0) when the mouse is on the upper-left of the primary monitor) @@ -872,10 +898,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateGamepads() // FIXME: Note that doesn't update with DPI/Scaling change only as SDL2 doesn't have an event for it (SDL3 has). static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMonitors() { - ImGui_ImplSDL2_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL2_GetBackendData(); ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); platform_io.Monitors.resize(0); - bd->WantUpdateMonitors = false; int display_count = SDL_GetNumVideoDisplays(); for (int n = 0; n < display_count; n++) { @@ -886,9 +910,11 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMonitors() monitor.MainPos = monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y); monitor.MainSize = monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)r.w, (float)r.h); #if SDL_HAS_USABLE_DISPLAY_BOUNDS - SDL_GetDisplayUsableBounds(n, &r); - monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y); - monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)r.w, (float)r.h); + if (SDL_GetDisplayUsableBounds(n, &r) == 0 && r.w > 0 && r.h > 0) + { + monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y); + monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)r.w, (float)r.h); + } #endif #if SDL_HAS_PER_MONITOR_DPI monitor.DpiScale = 1.0f; @@ -930,8 +956,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame() // TODO: is this before, or after? // Update monitors - if (bd->WantUpdateMonitors) - ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMonitors(); + ImGui_ImplSDL2_UpdateMonitors(); // On Apple and Wayland, The window size is reported in Low DPI, even when running in high DPI mode ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); @@ -979,16 +1004,16 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDL2_NewFrame() // If you are new to dear imgui or creating a new binding for dear imgui, it is recommended that you completely ignore this section first.. //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper structure we store in the void* RendererUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. +// Helper structure we store in the void* PlatformUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. struct ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData { SDL_Window* Window; - Uint32 WindowID; + Uint32 WindowID; // Stored in ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandle. Use SDL_GetWindowFromID() to get SDL_Window* from Uint32 WindowID. bool WindowOwned; SDL_GLContext GLContext; - ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData() { Window = nullptr; WindowID = 0; WindowOwned = false; GLContext = nullptr; } - ~ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(Window == nullptr && GLContext == nullptr); } + ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData() { Window = nullptr; WindowID = 0; WindowOwned = false; GLContext = nullptr; } + ~ImGui_ImplSDL2_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(Window == nullptr && GLContext == nullptr); } }; static void ImGui_ImplSDL2_CreateWindow(ImGuiViewport* viewport) diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp index 3e4d5bccd..88f6e749b 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdl3.cpp @@ -24,6 +24,13 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2025-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2025-03-10: When dealing with OEM keys, use scancodes instead of translated keycodes to choose ImGuiKey values. (#7136, #7201, #7206, #7306, #7670, #7672, #8468) +// 2025-02-26: Only start SDL_CaptureMouse() when mouse is being dragged, to mitigate issues with e.g.Linux debuggers not claiming capture back. (#6410, #3650) +// 2025-02-25: [Docking] Revert to use SDL_GetDisplayBounds() for WorkPos/WorkRect if SDL_GetDisplayUsableBounds() failed. +// 2025-02-24: Avoid calling SDL_GetGlobalMouseState() when mouse is in relative mode. +// 2025-02-21: [Docking] Update monitors and work areas information every frame, as the later may change regardless of monitor changes. (#8415) +// 2025-02-18: Added ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait and ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress mouse cursor support. +// 2025-02-10: Using SDL_OpenURL() in platform_io.Platform_OpenInShellFn handler. // 2025-01-20: Made ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetGamepadMode(ImGui_ImplSDL3_GamepadMode_Manual) accept an empty array. // 2024-10-24: Emscripten: SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_WHEEL event doesn't require dividing by 100.0f on Emscripten. // 2024-09-11: (Docking) Added support for viewport->ParentViewportId field to support parenting at OS level. (#7973) @@ -98,7 +105,6 @@ struct ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data Uint64 Time; char* ClipboardTextData; bool UseVulkan; - bool WantUpdateMonitors; // IME handling SDL_Window* ImeWindow; @@ -216,17 +222,17 @@ ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeyEventToImGuiKey(SDL_Keycode keycode, SDL_Scancode sca case SDLK_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space; case SDLK_RETURN: return ImGuiKey_Enter; case SDLK_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape; - case SDLK_APOSTROPHE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; + //case SDLK_APOSTROPHE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; case SDLK_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma; - case SDLK_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus; + //case SDLK_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus; case SDLK_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period; - case SDLK_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash; + //case SDLK_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash; case SDLK_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon; - case SDLK_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal; - case SDLK_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; - case SDLK_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; - case SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; - case SDLK_GRAVE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; + //case SDLK_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal; + //case SDLK_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; + //case SDLK_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; + //case SDLK_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; + //case SDLK_GRAVE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; case SDLK_CAPSLOCK: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock; case SDLK_SCROLLLOCK: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock; case SDLK_NUMLOCKCLEAR: return ImGuiKey_NumLock; @@ -305,6 +311,24 @@ ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplSDL3_KeyEventToImGuiKey(SDL_Keycode keycode, SDL_Scancode sca case SDLK_AC_FORWARD: return ImGuiKey_AppForward; default: break; } + + // Fallback to scancode + switch (scancode) + { + case SDL_SCANCODE_GRAVE: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; + case SDL_SCANCODE_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus; + case SDL_SCANCODE_EQUALS: return ImGuiKey_Equal; + case SDL_SCANCODE_LEFTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; + case SDL_SCANCODE_RIGHTBRACKET: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; + case SDL_SCANCODE_NONUSBACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Oem102; + case SDL_SCANCODE_BACKSLASH: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; + case SDL_SCANCODE_SEMICOLON: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon; + case SDL_SCANCODE_APOSTROPHE: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; + case SDL_SCANCODE_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma; + case SDL_SCANCODE_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period; + case SDL_SCANCODE_SLASH: return ImGuiKey_Slash; + default: break; + } return ImGuiKey_None; } @@ -399,15 +423,6 @@ bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_ProcessEvent(const SDL_Event* event) io.SetKeyEventNativeData(key, event->key.key, event->key.scancode, event->key.scancode); // To support legacy indexing (<1.87 user code). Legacy backend uses SDLK_*** as indices to IsKeyXXX() functions. return true; } - case SDL_EVENT_DISPLAY_ORIENTATION: - case SDL_EVENT_DISPLAY_ADDED: - case SDL_EVENT_DISPLAY_REMOVED: - case SDL_EVENT_DISPLAY_MOVED: - case SDL_EVENT_DISPLAY_CONTENT_SCALE_CHANGED: - { - bd->WantUpdateMonitors = true; - return true; - } case SDL_EVENT_WINDOW_MOUSE_ENTER: { if (ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(event->window.windowID) == nullptr) @@ -515,6 +530,7 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer, void platform_io.Platform_SetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL3_SetClipboardText; platform_io.Platform_GetClipboardTextFn = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetClipboardText; platform_io.Platform_SetImeDataFn = ImGui_ImplSDL3_PlatformSetImeData; + platform_io.Platform_OpenInShellFn = [](ImGuiContext*, const char* url) { return SDL_OpenURL(url) == 0; }; // Update monitor a first time during init ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMonitors(); @@ -532,6 +548,8 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplSDL3_Init(SDL_Window* window, SDL_Renderer* renderer, void bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NESW_RESIZE); bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NWSE_RESIZE); bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_POINTER); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_WAIT); + bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_PROGRESS); bd->MouseCursors[ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed] = SDL_CreateSystemCursor(SDL_SYSTEM_CURSOR_NOT_ALLOWED); // Set platform dependent data in viewport @@ -633,8 +651,14 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMouseData() // We forward mouse input when hovered or captured (via SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_MOTION) or when focused (below) #if SDL_HAS_CAPTURE_AND_GLOBAL_MOUSE - // SDL_CaptureMouse() let the OS know e.g. that our imgui drag outside the SDL window boundaries shouldn't e.g. trigger other operations outside - SDL_CaptureMouse(bd->MouseButtonsDown != 0); + // - SDL_CaptureMouse() let the OS know e.g. that our drags can extend outside of parent boundaries (we want updated position) and shouldn't trigger other operations outside. + // - Debuggers under Linux tends to leave captured mouse on break, which may be very inconvenient, so to migitate the issue we wait until mouse has moved to begin capture. + bool want_capture = false; + for (int button_n = 0; button_n < ImGuiMouseButton_COUNT && !want_capture; button_n++) + if (ImGui::IsMouseDragging(button_n, 1.0f)) + want_capture = true; + SDL_CaptureMouse(want_capture); + SDL_Window* focused_window = SDL_GetKeyboardFocus(); const bool is_app_focused = (focused_window && (bd->Window == focused_window || ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetViewportForWindowID(SDL_GetWindowID(focused_window)) != NULL)); #else @@ -655,7 +679,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMouseData() } // (Optional) Fallback to provide mouse position when focused (SDL_EVENT_MOUSE_MOTION already provides this when hovered or captured) - if (bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0) + const bool is_relative_mouse_mode = SDL_GetWindowRelativeMouseMode(bd->Window); + if (bd->MouseCanUseGlobalState && bd->MouseButtonsDown == 0 && !is_relative_mouse_mode) { // Single-viewport mode: mouse position in client window coordinates (io.MousePos is (0,0) when the mouse is on the upper-left corner of the app window) // Multi-viewport mode: mouse position in OS absolute coordinates (io.MousePos is (0,0) when the mouse is on the upper-left of the primary monitor) @@ -822,10 +847,8 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateGamepads() static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMonitors() { - ImGui_ImplSDL3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetBackendData(); ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(); platform_io.Monitors.resize(0); - bd->WantUpdateMonitors = false; int display_count; SDL_DisplayID* displays = SDL_GetDisplays(&display_count); @@ -838,9 +861,11 @@ static void ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMonitors() SDL_GetDisplayBounds(display_id, &r); monitor.MainPos = monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y); monitor.MainSize = monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)r.w, (float)r.h); - SDL_GetDisplayUsableBounds(display_id, &r); - monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y); - monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)r.w, (float)r.h); + if (SDL_GetDisplayUsableBounds(display_id, &r) && r.w > 0 && r.h > 0) + { + monitor.WorkPos = ImVec2((float)r.x, (float)r.y); + monitor.WorkSize = ImVec2((float)r.w, (float)r.h); + } // FIXME-VIEWPORT: On MacOS SDL reports actual monitor DPI scale, ignoring OS configuration. We may want to set // DpiScale to cocoa_window.backingScaleFactor here. monitor.DpiScale = SDL_GetDisplayContentScale(display_id); @@ -870,8 +895,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDL3_NewFrame() io.DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2((float)display_w / w, (float)display_h / h); // Update monitors - if (bd->WantUpdateMonitors) - ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMonitors(); + ImGui_ImplSDL3_UpdateMonitors(); // Setup time step (we don't use SDL_GetTicks() because it is using millisecond resolution) // (Accept SDL_GetPerformanceCounter() not returning a monotonically increasing value. Happens in VMs and Emscripten, see #6189, #6114, #3644) @@ -909,17 +933,17 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDL3_NewFrame() // If you are new to dear imgui or creating a new binding for dear imgui, it is recommended that you completely ignore this section first.. //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper structure we store in the void* RendererUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. +// Helper structure we store in the void* PlatformUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. struct ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData { SDL_Window* Window; SDL_Window* ParentWindow; - Uint32 WindowID; + Uint32 WindowID; // Stored in ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandle. Use SDL_GetWindowFromID() to get SDL_Window* from Uint32 WindowID. bool WindowOwned; SDL_GLContext GLContext; - ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData() { Window = ParentWindow = nullptr; WindowID = 0; WindowOwned = false; GLContext = nullptr; } - ~ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(Window == nullptr && GLContext == nullptr); } + ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData() { Window = ParentWindow = nullptr; WindowID = 0; WindowOwned = false; GLContext = nullptr; } + ~ImGui_ImplSDL3_ViewportData() { IM_ASSERT(Window == nullptr && GLContext == nullptr); } }; static SDL_Window* ImGui_ImplSDL3_GetSDLWindowFromViewportID(ImGuiID viewport_id) diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp index 9a27e3776..c8ae56eb4 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer2.cpp @@ -102,10 +102,10 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_Shutdown() static void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_SetupRenderState(SDL_Renderer* renderer) { - // Clear out any viewports and cliprect set by the user + // Clear out any viewports and cliprect set by the user // FIXME: Technically speaking there are lots of other things we could backup/setup/restore during our render process. - SDL_RenderSetViewport(renderer, nullptr); - SDL_RenderSetClipRect(renderer, nullptr); + SDL_RenderSetViewport(renderer, nullptr); + SDL_RenderSetClipRect(renderer, nullptr); } bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_NewFrame() @@ -120,21 +120,21 @@ bool ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_NewFrame() void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, SDL_Renderer* renderer) { - // If there's a scale factor set by the user, use that instead + // If there's a scale factor set by the user, use that instead // If the user has specified a scale factor to SDL_Renderer already via SDL_RenderSetScale(), SDL will scale whatever we pass // to SDL_RenderGeometryRaw() by that scale factor. In that case we don't want to be also scaling it ourselves here. float rsx = 1.0f; - float rsy = 1.0f; - SDL_RenderGetScale(renderer, &rsx, &rsy); + float rsy = 1.0f; + SDL_RenderGetScale(renderer, &rsx, &rsy); ImVec2 render_scale; - render_scale.x = (rsx == 1.0f) ? draw_data->FramebufferScale.x : 1.0f; - render_scale.y = (rsy == 1.0f) ? draw_data->FramebufferScale.y : 1.0f; + render_scale.x = (rsx == 1.0f) ? draw_data->FramebufferScale.x : 1.0f; + render_scale.y = (rsy == 1.0f) ? draw_data->FramebufferScale.y : 1.0f; - // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates) - int fb_width = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.x * render_scale.x); - int fb_height = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.y * render_scale.y); - if (fb_width == 0 || fb_height == 0) - return; + // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates) + int fb_width = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.x * render_scale.x); + int fb_height = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.y * render_scale.y); + if (fb_width == 0 || fb_height == 0) + return; // Backup SDL_Renderer state that will be modified to restore it afterwards struct BackupSDLRendererState @@ -157,9 +157,9 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, SDL_Renderer* render_state.Renderer = renderer; platform_io.Renderer_RenderState = &render_state; - // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space - ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos; // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports - ImVec2 clip_scale = render_scale; + // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space + ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos; // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports + ImVec2 clip_scale = render_scale; // Render command lists for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++) @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer2_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, SDL_Renderer* #endif // Bind texture, Draw - SDL_Texture* tex = (SDL_Texture*)pcmd->GetTexID(); + SDL_Texture* tex = (SDL_Texture*)pcmd->GetTexID(); SDL_RenderGeometryRaw(renderer, tex, xy, (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert), color, (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert), diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.cpp index d76eebea5..4bbf7289f 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_sdlrenderer3.cpp @@ -101,10 +101,10 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Shutdown() static void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_SetupRenderState(SDL_Renderer* renderer) { - // Clear out any viewports and cliprect set by the user + // Clear out any viewports and cliprect set by the user // FIXME: Technically speaking there are lots of other things we could backup/setup/restore during our render process. - SDL_SetRenderViewport(renderer, nullptr); - SDL_SetRenderClipRect(renderer, nullptr); + SDL_SetRenderViewport(renderer, nullptr); + SDL_SetRenderClipRect(renderer, nullptr); } void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_NewFrame() @@ -138,21 +138,21 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, SDL_Renderer* { ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_GetBackendData(); - // If there's a scale factor set by the user, use that instead + // If there's a scale factor set by the user, use that instead // If the user has specified a scale factor to SDL_Renderer already via SDL_RenderSetScale(), SDL will scale whatever we pass // to SDL_RenderGeometryRaw() by that scale factor. In that case we don't want to be also scaling it ourselves here. float rsx = 1.0f; - float rsy = 1.0f; - SDL_GetRenderScale(renderer, &rsx, &rsy); + float rsy = 1.0f; + SDL_GetRenderScale(renderer, &rsx, &rsy); ImVec2 render_scale; - render_scale.x = (rsx == 1.0f) ? draw_data->FramebufferScale.x : 1.0f; - render_scale.y = (rsy == 1.0f) ? draw_data->FramebufferScale.y : 1.0f; + render_scale.x = (rsx == 1.0f) ? draw_data->FramebufferScale.x : 1.0f; + render_scale.y = (rsy == 1.0f) ? draw_data->FramebufferScale.y : 1.0f; - // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates) - int fb_width = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.x * render_scale.x); - int fb_height = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.y * render_scale.y); - if (fb_width == 0 || fb_height == 0) - return; + // Avoid rendering when minimized, scale coordinates for retina displays (screen coordinates != framebuffer coordinates) + int fb_width = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.x * render_scale.x); + int fb_height = (int)(draw_data->DisplaySize.y * render_scale.y); + if (fb_width == 0 || fb_height == 0) + return; // Backup SDL_Renderer state that will be modified to restore it afterwards struct BackupSDLRendererState @@ -177,9 +177,9 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, SDL_Renderer* render_state.Renderer = renderer; platform_io.Renderer_RenderState = &render_state; - // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space - ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos; // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports - ImVec2 clip_scale = render_scale; + // Will project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space + ImVec2 clip_off = draw_data->DisplayPos; // (0,0) unless using multi-viewports + ImVec2 clip_scale = render_scale; // Render command lists for (int n = 0; n < draw_data->CmdListsCount; n++) @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplSDLRenderer3_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, SDL_Renderer* const SDL_Color* color = (const SDL_Color*)(const void*)((const char*)(vtx_buffer + pcmd->VtxOffset) + offsetof(ImDrawVert, col)); // SDL 2.0.19+ // Bind texture, Draw - SDL_Texture* tex = (SDL_Texture*)pcmd->GetTexID(); + SDL_Texture* tex = (SDL_Texture*)pcmd->GetTexID(); SDL_RenderGeometryRaw8BitColor(renderer, bd->ColorBuffer, tex, xy, (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert), color, (int)sizeof(ImDrawVert), diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp index 03e1f8de5..9e3b304fa 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.cpp @@ -28,6 +28,8 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2025-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2025-02-14: *BREAKING CHANGE*: Added uint32_t api_version to ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions(). +// 2025-02-13: Vulkan: Added ApiVersion field in ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo. Default to header version if unspecified. Dynamic rendering path loads "vkCmdBeginRendering/vkCmdEndRendering" (without -KHR suffix) on API 1.3. (#8326) // 2025-01-09: Vulkan: Added IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_MINIMUM_IMAGE_SAMPLER_POOL_SIZE to clarify how many image sampler descriptors are expected to be available in descriptor pool. (#6642) // 2025-01-06: Vulkan: Added more ImGui_ImplVulkanH_XXXX helper functions to simplify our examples. // 2024-12-11: Vulkan: Fixed setting VkSwapchainCreateInfoKHR::preTransform for platforms not supporting VK_SURFACE_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY_BIT_KHR. (#8222) @@ -53,7 +55,7 @@ // 2022-10-11: Using 'nullptr' instead of 'NULL' as per our switch to C++11. // 2022-10-04: Vulkan: Added experimental ImGui_ImplVulkan_RemoveTexture() for api symmetry. (#914, #5738). // 2022-01-20: Vulkan: Added support for ImTextureID as VkDescriptorSet. User need to call ImGui_ImplVulkan_AddTexture(). Building for 32-bit targets requires '#define ImTextureID ImU64'. (#914). -// 2021-10-15: Vulkan: Call vkCmdSetScissor() at the end of render a full-viewport to reduce likehood of issues with people using VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR in their app without calling vkCmdSetScissor() explicitly every frame. +// 2021-10-15: Vulkan: Call vkCmdSetScissor() at the end of render a full-viewport to reduce likelihood of issues with people using VK_DYNAMIC_STATE_SCISSOR in their app without calling vkCmdSetScissor() explicitly every frame. // 2021-06-29: Reorganized backend to pull data from a single structure to facilitate usage with multiple-contexts (all g_XXXX access changed to bd->XXXX). // 2021-03-22: Vulkan: Fix mapped memory validation error when buffer sizes are not multiple of VkPhysicalDeviceLimits::nonCoherentAtomSize. // 2021-02-18: Vulkan: Change blending equation to preserve alpha in output buffer. @@ -1112,20 +1114,34 @@ void ImGui_ImplVulkan_DestroyDeviceObjects() } #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_HAS_DYNAMIC_RENDERING -static void ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadDynamicRenderingFunctions(PFN_vkVoidFunction(*loader_func)(const char* function_name, void* user_data), void* user_data) +static void ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadDynamicRenderingFunctions(uint32_t api_version, PFN_vkVoidFunction(*loader_func)(const char* function_name, void* user_data), void* user_data) { - // Manually load those two (see #5446) - ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR = reinterpret_cast(loader_func("vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR", user_data)); - ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdEndRenderingKHR = reinterpret_cast(loader_func("vkCmdEndRenderingKHR", user_data)); + // Manually load those two (see #5446, #8326, #8365) + ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR = reinterpret_cast(loader_func(api_version < VK_API_VERSION_1_3 ? "vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR" : "vkCmdBeginRendering", user_data)); + ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdEndRenderingKHR = reinterpret_cast(loader_func(api_version < VK_API_VERSION_1_3 ? "vkCmdEndRenderingKHR" : "vkCmdEndRendering", user_data)); } #endif -bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions(PFN_vkVoidFunction(*loader_func)(const char* function_name, void* user_data), void* user_data) +// If unspecified by user, assume that ApiVersion == HeaderVersion + // We don't care about other versions than 1.3 for our checks, so don't need to make this exhaustive (e.g. with all #ifdef VK_VERSION_1_X checks) +static uint32_t ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetDefaultApiVersion() +{ +#ifdef VK_HEADER_VERSION_COMPLETE + return VK_HEADER_VERSION_COMPLETE; +#else + return VK_API_VERSION_1_0; +#endif +} + +bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions(uint32_t api_version, PFN_vkVoidFunction(*loader_func)(const char* function_name, void* user_data), void* user_data) { // Load function pointers // You can use the default Vulkan loader using: - // ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions([](const char* function_name, void*) { return vkGetInstanceProcAddr(your_vk_isntance, function_name); }); + // ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions(VK_API_VERSION_1_3, [](const char* function_name, void*) { return vkGetInstanceProcAddr(your_vk_isntance, function_name); }); // But this would be roughly equivalent to not setting VK_NO_PROTOTYPES. + if (api_version == 0) + api_version = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetDefaultApiVersion(); + #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_LOADER #define IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_LOAD(func) \ func = reinterpret_cast(loader_func(#func, user_data)); \ @@ -1135,7 +1151,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions(PFN_vkVoidFunction(*loader_func)(const ch #undef IMGUI_VULKAN_FUNC_LOAD #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_HAS_DYNAMIC_RENDERING - ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadDynamicRenderingFunctions(loader_func, user_data); + ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadDynamicRenderingFunctions(api_version, loader_func, user_data); #endif #else IM_UNUSED(loader_func); @@ -1150,11 +1166,14 @@ bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_Init(ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo* info) { IM_ASSERT(g_FunctionsLoaded && "Need to call ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions() if IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_NO_PROTOTYPES or VK_NO_PROTOTYPES are set!"); + if (info->ApiVersion == 0) + info->ApiVersion = ImGui_ImplVulkan_GetDefaultApiVersion(); + if (info->UseDynamicRendering) { #ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_HAS_DYNAMIC_RENDERING #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_USE_LOADER - ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadDynamicRenderingFunctions([](const char* function_name, void* user_data) { return vkGetInstanceProcAddr((VkInstance)user_data, function_name); }, (void*)info->Instance); + ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadDynamicRenderingFunctions(info->ApiVersion, [](const char* function_name, void* user_data) { return vkGetInstanceProcAddr((VkInstance)user_data, function_name); }, (void*)info->Instance); #endif IM_ASSERT(ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdBeginRenderingKHR != nullptr); IM_ASSERT(ImGuiImplVulkanFuncs_vkCmdEndRenderingKHR != nullptr); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h index d90f00311..2bb3d007e 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_vulkan.h @@ -76,16 +76,17 @@ // - When using dynamic rendering, set UseDynamicRendering=true and fill PipelineRenderingCreateInfo structure. struct ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo { + uint32_t ApiVersion; // Fill with API version of Instance, e.g. VK_API_VERSION_1_3 or your value of VkApplicationInfo::apiVersion. May be lower than header version (VK_HEADER_VERSION_COMPLETE) VkInstance Instance; VkPhysicalDevice PhysicalDevice; VkDevice Device; uint32_t QueueFamily; VkQueue Queue; - VkDescriptorPool DescriptorPool; // See requirements in note above; ignored if using DescriptorPoolSize > 0 - VkRenderPass RenderPass; // Ignored if using dynamic rendering - uint32_t MinImageCount; // >= 2 - uint32_t ImageCount; // >= MinImageCount - VkSampleCountFlagBits MSAASamples; // 0 defaults to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT + VkDescriptorPool DescriptorPool; // See requirements in note above; ignored if using DescriptorPoolSize > 0 + VkRenderPass RenderPass; // Ignored if using dynamic rendering + uint32_t MinImageCount; // >= 2 + uint32_t ImageCount; // >= MinImageCount + VkSampleCountFlagBits MSAASamples; // 0 defaults to VK_SAMPLE_COUNT_1_BIT // (Optional) VkPipelineCache PipelineCache; @@ -104,7 +105,7 @@ struct ImGui_ImplVulkan_InitInfo // (Optional) Allocation, Debugging const VkAllocationCallbacks* Allocator; void (*CheckVkResultFn)(VkResult err); - VkDeviceSize MinAllocationSize; // Minimum allocation size. Set to 1024*1024 to satisfy zealous best practices validation layer and waste a little memory. + VkDeviceSize MinAllocationSize; // Minimum allocation size. Set to 1024*1024 to satisfy zealous best practices validation layer and waste a little memory. }; // Follow "Getting Started" link and check examples/ folder to learn about using backends! @@ -124,7 +125,7 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API void ImGui_ImplVulkan_RemoveTexture(VkDescriptorSet d // Optional: load Vulkan functions with a custom function loader // This is only useful with IMGUI_IMPL_VULKAN_NO_PROTOTYPES / VK_NO_PROTOTYPES -IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions(PFN_vkVoidFunction(*loader_func)(const char* function_name, void* user_data), void* user_data = nullptr); +IMGUI_IMPL_API bool ImGui_ImplVulkan_LoadFunctions(uint32_t api_version, PFN_vkVoidFunction(*loader_func)(const char* function_name, void* user_data), void* user_data = nullptr); // [BETA] Selected render state data shared with callbacks. // This is temporarily stored in GetPlatformIO().Renderer_RenderState during the ImGui_ImplVulkan_RenderDrawData() call. diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp index e414a1281..5072e96e2 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_wgpu.cpp @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) +// 2025-02-26: Recreate image bind groups during render. (#8426, #8046, #7765, #8027) + Update for latest webgpu-native changes. // 2024-10-14: Update Dawn support for change of string usages. (#8082, #8083) // 2024-10-07: Expose selected render state in ImGui_ImplWGPU_RenderState, which you can access in 'void* platform_io.Renderer_RenderState' during draw callbacks. // 2024-10-07: Changed default texture sampler to Clamp instead of Repeat/Wrap. @@ -42,6 +43,8 @@ // 2021-02-18: Change blending equation to preserve alpha in output buffer. // 2021-01-28: Initial version. +#include "imgui.h" + // When targeting native platforms (i.e. NOT emscripten), one of IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN // or IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_WGPU must be provided. See imgui_impl_wgpu.h for more details. #ifndef __EMSCRIPTEN__ @@ -54,14 +57,19 @@ #endif #endif -#include "imgui.h" #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE #include "imgui_impl_wgpu.h" #include #include +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN +// Dawn renamed WGPUProgrammableStageDescriptor to WGPUComputeState (see: https://github.com/webgpu-native/webgpu-headers/pull/413) +// Using type alias until WGPU adopts the same naming convention (#8369) +using WGPUProgrammableStageDescriptor = WGPUComputeState; +#endif + // Dear ImGui prototypes from imgui_internal.h -extern ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); +extern ImGuiID ImHashData(const void* data_p, size_t data_size, ImU32 seed); #define MEMALIGN(_SIZE,_ALIGN) (((_SIZE) + ((_ALIGN) - 1)) & ~((_ALIGN) - 1)) // Memory align (copied from IM_ALIGN() macro). // WebGPU data @@ -73,7 +81,6 @@ struct RenderResources WGPUBuffer Uniforms = nullptr; // Shader uniforms WGPUBindGroup CommonBindGroup = nullptr; // Resources bind-group to bind the common resources to pipeline ImGuiStorage ImageBindGroups; // Resources bind-group to bind the font/image resources to pipeline (this is a key->value map) - WGPUBindGroup ImageBindGroup = nullptr; // Default font-resource of Dear ImGui WGPUBindGroupLayout ImageBindGroupLayout = nullptr; // Cache layout used for the image bind group. Avoids allocating unnecessary JS objects when working with WebASM }; @@ -247,7 +254,6 @@ static void SafeRelease(RenderResources& res) SafeRelease(res.Sampler); SafeRelease(res.Uniforms); SafeRelease(res.CommonBindGroup); - SafeRelease(res.ImageBindGroup); SafeRelease(res.ImageBindGroupLayout); }; @@ -263,14 +269,14 @@ static WGPUProgrammableStageDescriptor ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateShaderModule(const c { ImGui_ImplWGPU_Data* bd = ImGui_ImplWGPU_GetBackendData(); -#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN - WGPUShaderSourceWGSL wgsl_desc = {}; +#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN) || defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_WGPU) + WGPUShaderSourceWGSL wgsl_desc = {}; wgsl_desc.chain.sType = WGPUSType_ShaderSourceWGSL; - wgsl_desc.code = { wgsl_source, WGPU_STRLEN }; + wgsl_desc.code = { wgsl_source, WGPU_STRLEN }; #else - WGPUShaderModuleWGSLDescriptor wgsl_desc = {}; + WGPUShaderModuleWGSLDescriptor wgsl_desc = {}; wgsl_desc.chain.sType = WGPUSType_ShaderModuleWGSLDescriptor; - wgsl_desc.code = wgsl_source; + wgsl_desc.code = wgsl_source; #endif WGPUShaderModuleDescriptor desc = {}; @@ -278,7 +284,8 @@ static WGPUProgrammableStageDescriptor ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateShaderModule(const c WGPUProgrammableStageDescriptor stage_desc = {}; stage_desc.module = wgpuDeviceCreateShaderModule(bd->wgpuDevice, &desc); -#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN + +#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN) || defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_WGPU) stage_desc.entryPoint = { "main", WGPU_STRLEN }; #else stage_desc.entryPoint = "main"; @@ -395,7 +402,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplWGPU_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, WGPURenderPassEncoder { nullptr, "Dear ImGui Vertex buffer", -#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN +#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN) || defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_WGPU) WGPU_STRLEN, #endif WGPUBufferUsage_CopyDst | WGPUBufferUsage_Vertex, @@ -422,7 +429,7 @@ void ImGui_ImplWGPU_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, WGPURenderPassEncoder { nullptr, "Dear ImGui Index buffer", -#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN +#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN) || defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_WGPU) WGPU_STRLEN, #endif WGPUBufferUsage_CopyDst | WGPUBufferUsage_Index, @@ -487,18 +494,14 @@ void ImGui_ImplWGPU_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, WGPURenderPassEncoder { // Bind custom texture ImTextureID tex_id = pcmd->GetTexID(); - ImGuiID tex_id_hash = ImHashData(&tex_id, sizeof(tex_id)); - auto bind_group = bd->renderResources.ImageBindGroups.GetVoidPtr(tex_id_hash); - if (bind_group) + ImGuiID tex_id_hash = ImHashData(&tex_id, sizeof(tex_id), 0); + WGPUBindGroup bind_group = (WGPUBindGroup)bd->renderResources.ImageBindGroups.GetVoidPtr(tex_id_hash); + if (!bind_group) { - wgpuRenderPassEncoderSetBindGroup(pass_encoder, 1, (WGPUBindGroup)bind_group, 0, nullptr); - } - else - { - WGPUBindGroup image_bind_group = ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateImageBindGroup(bd->renderResources.ImageBindGroupLayout, (WGPUTextureView)tex_id); - bd->renderResources.ImageBindGroups.SetVoidPtr(tex_id_hash, image_bind_group); - wgpuRenderPassEncoderSetBindGroup(pass_encoder, 1, image_bind_group, 0, nullptr); + bind_group = ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateImageBindGroup(bd->renderResources.ImageBindGroupLayout, (WGPUTextureView)tex_id); + bd->renderResources.ImageBindGroups.SetVoidPtr(tex_id_hash, bind_group); } + wgpuRenderPassEncoderSetBindGroup(pass_encoder, 1, (WGPUBindGroup)bind_group, 0, nullptr); // Project scissor/clipping rectangles into framebuffer space ImVec2 clip_min((pcmd->ClipRect.x - clip_off.x) * clip_scale.x, (pcmd->ClipRect.y - clip_off.y) * clip_scale.y); @@ -520,6 +523,16 @@ void ImGui_ImplWGPU_RenderDrawData(ImDrawData* draw_data, WGPURenderPassEncoder global_idx_offset += draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size; global_vtx_offset += draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; } + + // Remove all ImageBindGroups + ImGuiStorage& image_bind_groups = bd->renderResources.ImageBindGroups; + for (int i = 0; i < image_bind_groups.Data.Size; i++) + { + WGPUBindGroup bind_group = (WGPUBindGroup)image_bind_groups.Data[i].val_p; + SafeRelease(bind_group); + } + image_bind_groups.Data.resize(0); + platform_io.Renderer_RenderState = nullptr; } @@ -535,7 +548,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateFontsTexture() // Upload texture to graphics system { WGPUTextureDescriptor tex_desc = {}; -#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN +#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN) || defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_WGPU) tex_desc.label = { "Dear ImGui Font Texture", WGPU_STRLEN }; #else tex_desc.label = "Dear ImGui Font Texture"; @@ -563,12 +576,20 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateFontsTexture() // Upload texture data { +#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN) || defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_WGPU) + WGPUTexelCopyTextureInfo dst_view = {}; +#else WGPUImageCopyTexture dst_view = {}; +#endif dst_view.texture = bd->renderResources.FontTexture; dst_view.mipLevel = 0; dst_view.origin = { 0, 0, 0 }; dst_view.aspect = WGPUTextureAspect_All; +#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN) || defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_WGPU) + WGPUTexelCopyBufferLayout layout = {}; +#else WGPUTextureDataLayout layout = {}; +#endif layout.offset = 0; layout.bytesPerRow = width * size_pp; layout.rowsPerImage = height; @@ -602,7 +623,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateUniformBuffer() { nullptr, "Dear ImGui Uniform buffer", -#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN +#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN) || defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_WGPU) WGPU_STRLEN, #endif WGPUBufferUsage_CopyDst | WGPUBufferUsage_Uniform, @@ -668,9 +689,15 @@ bool ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateDeviceObjects() // Vertex input configuration WGPUVertexAttribute attribute_desc[] = { +#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN + { nullptr, WGPUVertexFormat_Float32x2, (uint64_t)offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos), 0 }, + { nullptr, WGPUVertexFormat_Float32x2, (uint64_t)offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv), 1 }, + { nullptr, WGPUVertexFormat_Unorm8x4, (uint64_t)offsetof(ImDrawVert, col), 2 }, +#else { WGPUVertexFormat_Float32x2, (uint64_t)offsetof(ImDrawVert, pos), 0 }, { WGPUVertexFormat_Float32x2, (uint64_t)offsetof(ImDrawVert, uv), 1 }, { WGPUVertexFormat_Unorm8x4, (uint64_t)offsetof(ImDrawVert, col), 2 }, +#endif }; WGPUVertexBufferLayout buffer_layouts[1]; @@ -710,7 +737,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateDeviceObjects() // Create depth-stencil State WGPUDepthStencilState depth_stencil_state = {}; depth_stencil_state.format = bd->depthStencilFormat; -#ifdef IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN +#if defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_DAWN) || defined(IMGUI_IMPL_WEBGPU_BACKEND_WGPU) depth_stencil_state.depthWriteEnabled = WGPUOptionalBool_False; #else depth_stencil_state.depthWriteEnabled = false; @@ -745,11 +772,7 @@ bool ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateDeviceObjects() common_bg_descriptor.entryCount = sizeof(common_bg_entries) / sizeof(WGPUBindGroupEntry); common_bg_descriptor.entries = common_bg_entries; bd->renderResources.CommonBindGroup = wgpuDeviceCreateBindGroup(bd->wgpuDevice, &common_bg_descriptor); - - WGPUBindGroup image_bind_group = ImGui_ImplWGPU_CreateImageBindGroup(bg_layouts[1], bd->renderResources.FontTextureView); - bd->renderResources.ImageBindGroup = image_bind_group; bd->renderResources.ImageBindGroupLayout = bg_layouts[1]; - bd->renderResources.ImageBindGroups.SetVoidPtr(ImHashData(&bd->renderResources.FontTextureView, sizeof(ImTextureID)), image_bind_group); SafeRelease(vertex_shader_desc.module); SafeRelease(pixel_shader_desc.module); @@ -809,7 +832,6 @@ bool ImGui_ImplWGPU_Init(ImGui_ImplWGPU_InitInfo* init_info) bd->renderResources.Uniforms = nullptr; bd->renderResources.CommonBindGroup = nullptr; bd->renderResources.ImageBindGroups.Data.reserve(100); - bd->renderResources.ImageBindGroup = nullptr; bd->renderResources.ImageBindGroupLayout = nullptr; // Create buffers with a default size (they will later be grown as needed) diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp index 3c7f7b398..f5939e854 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/backends/imgui_impl_win32.cpp @@ -23,6 +23,9 @@ // CHANGELOG // (minor and older changes stripped away, please see git history for details) // 2025-XX-XX: Platform: Added support for multiple windows via the ImGuiPlatformIO interface. +// 2025-03-10: When dealing with OEM keys, use scancodes instead of translated keycodes to choose ImGuiKey values. (#7136, #7201, #7206, #7306, #7670, #7672, #8468) +// 2025-02-21: [Docking] WM_SETTINGCHANGE's SPI_SETWORKAREA message also triggers a refresh of monitor list. (#8415) +// 2025-02-18: Added ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait and ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress mouse cursor support. // 2024-11-21: [Docking] Fixed a crash when multiple processes are running with multi-viewports, caused by misusage of GetProp(). (#8162, #8069) // 2024-10-28: [Docking] Rely on property stored inside HWND to retrieve context/viewport, should facilitate attempt to use this for parallel contexts. (#8069) // 2024-09-16: [Docking] Inputs: fixed an issue where a viewport destroyed while clicking would hog mouse tracking and temporary lead to incorrect update of HoveredWindow. (#7971) @@ -279,6 +282,8 @@ static bool ImGui_ImplWin32_UpdateMouseCursor(ImGuiIO& io, ImGuiMouseCursor imgu case ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW: win32_cursor = IDC_SIZENESW; break; case ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE: win32_cursor = IDC_SIZENWSE; break; case ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand: win32_cursor = IDC_HAND; break; + case ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait: win32_cursor = IDC_WAIT; break; + case ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress: win32_cursor = IDC_APPSTARTING; break; case ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed: win32_cursor = IDC_NO; break; } ::SetCursor(::LoadCursor(nullptr, win32_cursor)); @@ -522,6 +527,8 @@ ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_KeyEventToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) if ((wParam == VK_RETURN) && (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_EXTENDED)) return ImGuiKey_KeypadEnter; + const int scancode = (int)LOBYTE(HIWORD(lParam)); + //IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("scancode %3d, keycode = 0x%02X\n", scancode, wParam); switch (wParam) { case VK_TAB: return ImGuiKey_Tab; @@ -539,17 +546,17 @@ ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_KeyEventToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) case VK_SPACE: return ImGuiKey_Space; case VK_RETURN: return ImGuiKey_Enter; case VK_ESCAPE: return ImGuiKey_Escape; - case VK_OEM_7: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; + //case VK_OEM_7: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; case VK_OEM_COMMA: return ImGuiKey_Comma; - case VK_OEM_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus; + //case VK_OEM_MINUS: return ImGuiKey_Minus; case VK_OEM_PERIOD: return ImGuiKey_Period; - case VK_OEM_2: return ImGuiKey_Slash; - case VK_OEM_1: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon; - case VK_OEM_PLUS: return ImGuiKey_Equal; - case VK_OEM_4: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; - case VK_OEM_5: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; - case VK_OEM_6: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; - case VK_OEM_3: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; + //case VK_OEM_2: return ImGuiKey_Slash; + //case VK_OEM_1: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon; + //case VK_OEM_PLUS: return ImGuiKey_Equal; + //case VK_OEM_4: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; + //case VK_OEM_5: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; + //case VK_OEM_6: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; + //case VK_OEM_3: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; case VK_CAPITAL: return ImGuiKey_CapsLock; case VK_SCROLL: return ImGuiKey_ScrollLock; case VK_NUMLOCK: return ImGuiKey_NumLock; @@ -641,8 +648,28 @@ ImGuiKey ImGui_ImplWin32_KeyEventToImGuiKey(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) case VK_F24: return ImGuiKey_F24; case VK_BROWSER_BACK: return ImGuiKey_AppBack; case VK_BROWSER_FORWARD: return ImGuiKey_AppForward; - default: return ImGuiKey_None; + default: break; } + + // Fallback to scancode + // https://handmade.network/forums/t/2011-keyboard_inputs_-_scancodes,_raw_input,_text_input,_key_names + switch (scancode) + { + case 41: return ImGuiKey_GraveAccent; // VK_OEM_8 in EN-UK, VK_OEM_3 in EN-US, VK_OEM_7 in FR, VK_OEM_5 in DE, etc. + case 12: return ImGuiKey_Minus; + case 13: return ImGuiKey_Equal; + case 26: return ImGuiKey_LeftBracket; + case 27: return ImGuiKey_RightBracket; + case 86: return ImGuiKey_Oem102; + case 43: return ImGuiKey_Backslash; + case 39: return ImGuiKey_Semicolon; + case 40: return ImGuiKey_Apostrophe; + case 51: return ImGuiKey_Comma; + case 52: return ImGuiKey_Period; + case 53: return ImGuiKey_Slash; + } + + return ImGuiKey_None; } // Allow compilation with old Windows SDK. MinGW doesn't have default _WIN32_WINNT/WINVER versions. @@ -865,6 +892,10 @@ IMGUI_IMPL_API LRESULT ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandlerEx(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPA case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE: bd->WantUpdateMonitors = true; return 0; + case WM_SETTINGCHANGE: + if (wParam == SPI_SETWORKAREA) + bd->WantUpdateMonitors = true; + return 0; } return 0; } @@ -890,9 +921,9 @@ static BOOL _IsWindowsVersionOrGreater(WORD major, WORD minor, WORD) { typedef LONG(WINAPI* PFN_RtlVerifyVersionInfo)(OSVERSIONINFOEXW*, ULONG, ULONGLONG); static PFN_RtlVerifyVersionInfo RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn = nullptr; - if (RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn == nullptr) - if (HMODULE ntdllModule = ::GetModuleHandleA("ntdll.dll")) - RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn = (PFN_RtlVerifyVersionInfo)GetProcAddress(ntdllModule, "RtlVerifyVersionInfo"); + if (RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn == nullptr) + if (HMODULE ntdllModule = ::GetModuleHandleA("ntdll.dll")) + RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn = (PFN_RtlVerifyVersionInfo)GetProcAddress(ntdllModule, "RtlVerifyVersionInfo"); if (RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn == nullptr) return FALSE; @@ -900,10 +931,10 @@ static BOOL _IsWindowsVersionOrGreater(WORD major, WORD minor, WORD) ULONGLONG conditionMask = 0; versionInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(RTL_OSVERSIONINFOEXW); versionInfo.dwMajorVersion = major; - versionInfo.dwMinorVersion = minor; - VER_SET_CONDITION(conditionMask, VER_MAJORVERSION, VER_GREATER_EQUAL); - VER_SET_CONDITION(conditionMask, VER_MINORVERSION, VER_GREATER_EQUAL); - return (RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn(&versionInfo, VER_MAJORVERSION | VER_MINORVERSION, conditionMask) == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE; + versionInfo.dwMinorVersion = minor; + VER_SET_CONDITION(conditionMask, VER_MAJORVERSION, VER_GREATER_EQUAL); + VER_SET_CONDITION(conditionMask, VER_MINORVERSION, VER_GREATER_EQUAL); + return (RtlVerifyVersionInfoFn(&versionInfo, VER_MAJORVERSION | VER_MINORVERSION, conditionMask) == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE; } #define _IsWindowsVistaOrGreater() _IsWindowsVersionOrGreater(HIBYTE(0x0600), LOBYTE(0x0600), 0) // _WIN32_WINNT_VISTA @@ -965,16 +996,16 @@ float ImGui_ImplWin32_GetDpiScaleForMonitor(void* monitor) UINT xdpi = 96, ydpi = 96; if (_IsWindows8Point1OrGreater()) { - static HINSTANCE shcore_dll = ::LoadLibraryA("shcore.dll"); // Reference counted per-process - static PFN_GetDpiForMonitor GetDpiForMonitorFn = nullptr; - if (GetDpiForMonitorFn == nullptr && shcore_dll != nullptr) + static HINSTANCE shcore_dll = ::LoadLibraryA("shcore.dll"); // Reference counted per-process + static PFN_GetDpiForMonitor GetDpiForMonitorFn = nullptr; + if (GetDpiForMonitorFn == nullptr && shcore_dll != nullptr) GetDpiForMonitorFn = (PFN_GetDpiForMonitor)::GetProcAddress(shcore_dll, "GetDpiForMonitor"); - if (GetDpiForMonitorFn != nullptr) - { - GetDpiForMonitorFn((HMONITOR)monitor, MDT_EFFECTIVE_DPI, &xdpi, &ydpi); + if (GetDpiForMonitorFn != nullptr) + { + GetDpiForMonitorFn((HMONITOR)monitor, MDT_EFFECTIVE_DPI, &xdpi, &ydpi); IM_ASSERT(xdpi == ydpi); // Please contact me if you hit this assert! - return xdpi / 96.0f; - } + return xdpi / 96.0f; + } } #ifndef NOGDI const HDC dc = ::GetDC(nullptr); @@ -1038,10 +1069,10 @@ void ImGui_ImplWin32_EnableAlphaCompositing(void* hwnd) // If you are new to dear imgui or creating a new binding for dear imgui, it is recommended that you completely ignore this section first.. //-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Helper structure we store in the void* RendererUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. +// Helper structure we store in the void* PlatformUserData field of each ImGuiViewport to easily retrieve our backend data. struct ImGui_ImplWin32_ViewportData { - HWND Hwnd; + HWND Hwnd; // Stored in ImGuiViewport::PlatformHandle + PlatformHandleRaw HWND HwndParent; bool HwndOwned; DWORD DwStyle; @@ -1264,7 +1295,12 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_SetWindowTitle(ImGuiViewport* viewport, const char* ImVector title_w; title_w.resize(n); ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, title, -1, title_w.Data, n); - ::SetWindowTextW(vd->Hwnd, title_w.Data); + + // Calling SetWindowTextW() in a project where UNICODE is not set doesn't work but there's a trick + // which is to pass it directly to the DefWindowProcW() handler. + // See: https://stackoverflow.com/questions/9410681/setwindowtextw-in-an-ansi-project + //::SetWindowTextW(vd->Hwnd, title_w.Data); + ::DefWindowProcW(vd->Hwnd, WM_SETTEXT, 0, (LPARAM)title_w.Data); } static void ImGui_ImplWin32_SetWindowAlpha(ImGuiViewport* viewport, float alpha) @@ -1308,7 +1344,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_OnChangedViewport(ImGuiViewport* viewport) #endif } -namespace ImGui { extern ImGuiIO& GetIOEx(ImGuiContext*); extern ImGuiPlatformIO& GetPlatformIOEx(ImGuiContext*); } +namespace ImGui { extern ImGuiIO& GetIO(ImGuiContext*); extern ImGuiPlatformIO& GetPlatformIO(ImGuiContext*); } static LRESULT CALLBACK ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler_PlatformWindow(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) { @@ -1317,8 +1353,8 @@ static LRESULT CALLBACK ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler_PlatformWindow(HWND hWnd, if (ctx == NULL) return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam); // unlike ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandler() we are called directly by Windows, we can't just return 0. - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIOEx(ctx); - ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIOEx(ctx); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(ctx); + ImGuiPlatformIO& platform_io = ImGui::GetPlatformIO(ctx); LRESULT result = 0; if (ImGui_ImplWin32_WndProcHandlerEx(hWnd, msg, wParam, lParam, io)) result = true; @@ -1403,7 +1439,7 @@ static void ImGui_ImplWin32_InitMultiViewportSupport(bool platform_has_own_dc) static void ImGui_ImplWin32_ShutdownMultiViewportSupport() { - ::UnregisterClass(_T("ImGui Platform"), ::GetModuleHandle(nullptr)); + ::UnregisterClassW(L"ImGui Platform", ::GetModuleHandle(nullptr)); ImGui::DestroyPlatformWindows(); } diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imconfig.h b/extern/imgui_patched/imconfig.h index cc0d2a34d..fc2df06d6 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imconfig.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imconfig.h @@ -88,8 +88,7 @@ //---- Use FreeType + plutosvg or lunasvg to render OpenType SVG fonts (SVGinOT) // Only works in combination with IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE. -// - lunasvg is currently easier to acquire/install, as e.g. it is part of vcpkg. -// - plutosvg will support more fonts and may load them faster. It currently requires to be built manually but it is fairly easy. See misc/freetype/README for instructions. +// - plutosvg is currently easier to install, as e.g. it is part of vcpkg. It will support more fonts and may load them faster. See misc/freetype/README for instructions. // - Both require headers to be available in the include path + program to be linked with the library code (not provided). // - (note: lunasvg implementation is based on Freetype's rsvg-port.c which is licensed under CeCILL-C Free Software License Agreement) //#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_PLUTOSVG diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.cpp index 577d1b6d0..aa8a12e4b 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.91.8 +// dear imgui, v1.91.9 // (main code and documentation) // Help: @@ -143,7 +143,8 @@ CODE - CTRL+Shift+Left/Right: Select words. - CTRL+A or Double-Click: Select All. - CTRL+X, CTRL+C, CTRL+V: Use OS clipboard. - - CTRL+Z, CTRL+Y: Undo, Redo. + - CTRL+Z Undo. + - CTRL+Y or CTRL+Shift+Z: Redo. - ESCAPE: Revert text to its original value. - On OSX, controls are automatically adjusted to match standard OSX text editing 2ts and behaviors. @@ -438,6 +439,17 @@ CODE - likewise io.MousePos and GetMousePos() will use OS coordinates. If you query mouse positions to interact with non-imgui coordinates you will need to offset them, e.g. subtract GetWindowViewport()->Pos. + - 2025/03/05 (1.91.9) - BeginMenu(): Internals: reworked mangling of menu windows to use "###Menu_00" etc. instead of "##Menu_00", allowing them to also store the menu name before it. This shouldn't affect code unless directly accessing menu window from their mangled name. + - 2025/02/27 (1.91.9) - Image(): removed 'tint_col' and 'border_col' parameter from Image() function. Added ImageWithBg() replacement. (#8131, #8238) + - old: void Image (ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 image_size, ImVec2 uv0 = (0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = (1,1), ImVec4 tint_col = (1,1,1,1), ImVec4 border_col = (0,0,0,0)); + - new: void Image (ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 image_size, ImVec2 uv0 = (0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = (1,1)); + - new: void ImageWithBg(ImTextureID tex_id, ImVec2 image_size, ImVec2 uv0 = (0,0), ImVec2 uv1 = (1,1), ImVec4 bg_col = (0,0,0,0), ImVec4 tint_col = (1,1,1,1)); + - TL;DR: 'border_col' had misleading side-effect on layout, 'bg_col' was missing, parameter order couldn't be consistent with ImageButton(). + - new behavior always use ImGuiCol_Border color + style.ImageBorderSize / ImGuiStyleVar_ImageBorderSize. + - old behavior altered border size (and therefore layout) based on border color's alpha, which caused variety of problems + old behavior a fixed 1.0f for border size which was not tweakable. + - kept legacy signature (will obsolete), which mimics the old behavior, but uses Max(1.0f, style.ImageBorderSize) when border_col is specified. + - added ImageWithBg() function which has both 'bg_col' (which was missing) and 'tint_col'. It was impossible to add 'bg_col' to Image() with a parameter order consistent with other functions, so we decided to remove 'tint_col' and introduce ImageWithBg(). + - 2025/02/06 (1.91.9) - renamed ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing.x to ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraAdvanceX. - 2025/01/22 (1.91.8) - removed ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview (made value 0): it is now the default behavior. prior to 1.91.8: alpha was made opaque in the preview by default _unless_ using ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview. We now display the preview as transparent by default. You can use ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaOpaque to use old behavior. the new flags (ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaOpaque, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaNoBg + existing ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) may be combined better and allow finer controls: @@ -654,7 +666,7 @@ CODE - 2022/04/05 (1.88) - inputs: renamed ImGuiKeyModFlags to ImGuiModFlags. Kept inline redirection enums (will obsolete). This was never used in public API functions but technically present in imgui.h and ImGuiIO. - 2022/01/20 (1.87) - inputs: reworded gamepad IO. - Backend writing to io.NavInputs[] -> backend should call io.AddKeyEvent()/io.AddKeyAnalogEvent() with ImGuiKey_GamepadXXX values. - - 2022/01/19 (1.87) - sliders, drags: removed support for legacy arithmetic operators (+,+-,*,/) when inputing text. This doesn't break any api/code but a feature that used to be accessible by end-users (which seemingly no one used). + - 2022/01/19 (1.87) - sliders, drags: removed support for legacy arithmetic operators (+,+-,*,/) when inputting text. This doesn't break any api/code but a feature that used to be accessible by end-users (which seemingly no one used). - 2022/01/17 (1.87) - inputs: reworked mouse IO. - Backend writing to io.MousePos -> backend should call io.AddMousePosEvent() - Backend writing to io.MouseDown[] -> backend should call io.AddMouseButtonEvent() @@ -1146,17 +1158,19 @@ CODE #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat" // warning: format specifies type 'int' but the argument has type 'unsigned int' #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic" // warning: format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wglobal-constructors" // warning: declaration requires a global destructor // similar to above, not sure what the exact difference is. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness -#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-pedantic" // warning: format specifies type 'void *' but the argument has type 'xxxx *' // unreasonable, would lead to casting every %p arg to void*. probably enabled by -pedantic. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type 'int' #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdouble-promotion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'float' to 'double' when passing argument to function // using printf() is a misery with this as C++ va_arg ellipsis changes float to double. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wnontrivial-memaccess" // warning: first argument in call to 'memset' is a pointer to non-trivially copyable type +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch-default" // warning: 'switch' missing 'default' label #elif defined(__GNUC__) // We disable -Wpragmas because GCC doesn't provide a has_warning equivalent and some forks/patches may not follow the warning/version association. #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind @@ -1179,11 +1193,7 @@ CODE // When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch. static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY = 0.20f; // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time before the window list starts to appear - static const float NAV_ACTIVATE_HIGHLIGHT_TIMER = 0.10f; // Time to highlight an item activated by a shortcut. - -// Window resizing from edges (when io.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges = true and ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors is set in io.BackendFlags by backend) -static const float WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING = 4.0f; // Extend outside window for hovering/resizing (maxxed with TouchPadding) and inside windows for borders. Affect FindHoveredWindow(). static const float WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER = 0.04f; // Reduce visual noise by only highlighting the border after a certain time. static const float WINDOWS_MOUSE_WHEEL_SCROLL_LOCK_TIMER = 0.70f; // Lock scrolled window (so it doesn't pick child windows that are scrolling through) for a certain time, unless mouse moved. @@ -1230,6 +1240,7 @@ static void UpdateWindowInFocusOrderList(ImGuiWindow* window, bool j // Navigation static void NavUpdate(); static void NavUpdateWindowing(); +static void NavUpdateWindowingApplyFocus(ImGuiWindow* window); static void NavUpdateWindowingOverlay(); static void NavUpdateCancelRequest(); static void NavUpdateCreateMoveRequest(); @@ -1344,6 +1355,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() WindowPadding = ImVec2(8,8); // Padding within a window WindowRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. WindowBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. Other values not well tested. + WindowBorderHoverPadding = 4.0f; // Hit-testing extent outside/inside resizing border. Also extend determination of hovered window. Generally meaningfully larger than WindowBorderSize to make it easy to reach borders. WindowMinSize = ImVec2(32,32); // Minimum window size WindowTitleAlign = ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f);// Alignment for title bar text WindowMenuButtonPosition = ImGuiDir_Left; // Position of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (left/right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. @@ -1366,9 +1378,11 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() GrabMinSize = 12.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. LogSliderDeadzone = 4.0f; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. + ImageBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. TabRounding = 5.0f; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. TabBorderSize = 0.0f; // Thickness of border around tabs. - TabMinWidthForCloseButton = 0.0f; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected = -1.0f; // -1: always visible. 0.0f: visible when hovered. >0.0f: visible when hovered if minimum width. + TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected = 0.0f; // -1: always visible. 0.0f: visible when hovered. >0.0f: visible when hovered if minimum width. FLT_MAX: never show close button when unselected. TabBarBorderSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus. TabBarOverlineSize = 1.0f; // Thickness of tab-bar overline, which highlights the selected tab-bar. TableAngledHeadersAngle = 35.0f * (IM_PI / 180.0f); // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50 degrees to +50 degrees). @@ -1409,6 +1423,7 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) WindowPadding = ImTrunc(WindowPadding * scale_factor); WindowRounding = ImTrunc(WindowRounding * scale_factor); WindowMinSize = ImTrunc(WindowMinSize * scale_factor); + WindowBorderHoverPadding = ImTrunc(WindowBorderHoverPadding * scale_factor); ChildRounding = ImTrunc(ChildRounding * scale_factor); PopupRounding = ImTrunc(PopupRounding * scale_factor); FramePadding = ImTrunc(FramePadding * scale_factor); @@ -1424,8 +1439,10 @@ void ImGuiStyle::ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor) GrabMinSize = ImTrunc(GrabMinSize * scale_factor); GrabRounding = ImTrunc(GrabRounding * scale_factor); LogSliderDeadzone = ImTrunc(LogSliderDeadzone * scale_factor); + ImageBorderSize = ImTrunc(ImageBorderSize * scale_factor); TabRounding = ImTrunc(TabRounding * scale_factor); - TabMinWidthForCloseButton = (TabMinWidthForCloseButton != FLT_MAX) ? ImTrunc(TabMinWidthForCloseButton * scale_factor) : FLT_MAX; + TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected = (TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected > 0.0f && TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected != FLT_MAX) ? ImTrunc(TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected * scale_factor) : TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected; + TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected = (TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected > 0.0f && TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected != FLT_MAX) ? ImTrunc(TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected * scale_factor) : TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected; TabBarOverlineSize = ImTrunc(TabBarOverlineSize * scale_factor); SeparatorTextPadding = ImTrunc(SeparatorTextPadding * scale_factor); DockingSeparatorSize = ImTrunc(DockingSeparatorSize * scale_factor); @@ -1504,6 +1521,7 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() ConfigMemoryCompactTimer = 60.0f; ConfigDebugIsDebuggerPresent = false; ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts = true; + ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflictsShowItemPicker = true; ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueOnce = false; ConfigDebugBeginReturnValueLoop = false; @@ -2044,15 +2062,15 @@ void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count) char* ImStrdup(const char* str) { - size_t len = strlen(str); + size_t len = ImStrlen(str); void* buf = IM_ALLOC(len + 1); return (char*)memcpy(buf, (const void*)str, len + 1); } char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* src) { - size_t dst_buf_size = p_dst_size ? *p_dst_size : strlen(dst) + 1; - size_t src_size = strlen(src) + 1; + size_t dst_buf_size = p_dst_size ? *p_dst_size : ImStrlen(dst) + 1; + size_t src_size = ImStrlen(src) + 1; if (dst_buf_size < src_size) { IM_FREE(dst); @@ -2065,7 +2083,7 @@ char* ImStrdupcpy(char* dst, size_t* p_dst_size, const char* src) const char* ImStrchrRange(const char* str, const char* str_end, char c) { - const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, (int)c, str_end - str); + const char* p = (const char*)ImMemchr(str, (int)c, str_end - str); return p; } @@ -2080,12 +2098,13 @@ int ImStrlenW(const ImWchar* str) // Find end-of-line. Return pointer will point to either first \n, either str_end. const char* ImStreolRange(const char* str, const char* str_end) { - const char* p = (const char*)memchr(str, '\n', str_end - str); + const char* p = (const char*)ImMemchr(str, '\n', str_end - str); return p ? p : str_end; } const char* ImStrbol(const char* buf_mid_line, const char* buf_begin) // find beginning-of-line { + IM_ASSERT_PARANOID(buf_mid_line >= buf_begin && buf_mid_line <= buf_begin + ImStrlen(buf_begin)); while (buf_mid_line > buf_begin && buf_mid_line[-1] != '\n') buf_mid_line--; return buf_mid_line; @@ -2094,7 +2113,7 @@ const char* ImStrbol(const char* buf_mid_line, const char* buf_begin) // find be const char* ImStristr(const char* haystack, const char* haystack_end, const char* needle, const char* needle_end) { if (!needle_end) - needle_end = needle + strlen(needle); + needle_end = needle + ImStrlen(needle); const char un0 = (char)ImToUpper(*needle); while ((!haystack_end && *haystack) || (haystack_end && haystack < haystack_end)) @@ -2215,7 +2234,7 @@ void ImFormatStringToTempBufferV(const char** out_buf, const char** out_buf_end, if (buf == NULL) buf = "(null)"; *out_buf = buf; - if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = buf + strlen(buf); } + if (out_buf_end) { *out_buf_end = buf + ImStrlen(buf); } } else if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '*' && fmt[3] == 's' && fmt[4] == 0) { @@ -2473,7 +2492,7 @@ int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* int e = 0; e = (*out_char < mins[len]) << 6; // non-canonical encoding e |= ((*out_char >> 11) == 0x1b) << 7; // surrogate half? - e |= (*out_char > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) << 8; // out of range? + e |= (*out_char > IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_MAX) << 8; // out of range we can store in ImWchar (FIXME: May evolve) e |= (s[1] & 0xc0) >> 2; e |= (s[2] & 0xc0) >> 4; e |= (s[3] ) >> 6; @@ -2624,11 +2643,11 @@ const char* ImTextFindPreviousUtf8Codepoint(const char* in_text_start, const cha int ImTextCountLines(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) { if (in_text_end == NULL) - in_text_end = in_text + strlen(in_text); // FIXME-OPT: Not optimal approach, discourage use for now. + in_text_end = in_text + ImStrlen(in_text); // FIXME-OPT: Not optimal approach, discourage use for now. int count = 0; while (in_text < in_text_end) { - const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(in_text, '\n', in_text_end - in_text); + const char* line_end = (const char*)ImMemchr(in_text, '\n', in_text_end - in_text); in_text = line_end ? line_end + 1 : in_text_end; count++; } @@ -2909,7 +2928,7 @@ void ImGuiTextFilter::ImGuiTextRange::split(char separator, ImVectorDisplayStart = ImMax(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Min, already_submitted); clipper->DisplayEnd = ImMin(data->Ranges[data->StepNo].Max, clipper->ItemsCount); - if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) //-V1051 - clipper->SeekCursorForItem(clipper->DisplayStart); data->StepNo++; - if (clipper->DisplayStart == clipper->DisplayEnd && data->StepNo < data->Ranges.Size) + if (clipper->DisplayStart >= clipper->DisplayEnd) continue; + if (clipper->DisplayStart > already_submitted) + clipper->SeekCursorForItem(clipper->DisplayStart); return true; } @@ -3337,7 +3356,7 @@ bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() ImGuiContext& g = *Ctx; bool need_items_height = (ItemsHeight <= 0.0f); bool ret = ImGuiListClipper_StepInternal(this); - if (ret && (DisplayStart == DisplayEnd)) + if (ret && (DisplayStart >= DisplayEnd)) ret = false; if (g.CurrentTable && g.CurrentTable->IsUnfrozenRows == false) IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG_CLIPPER("Clipper: Step(): inside frozen table row.\n"); @@ -3443,57 +3462,58 @@ static const ImGuiCol GWindowDockStyleColors[ImGuiWindowDockStyleCol_COUNT] = ImGuiCol_Text, ImGuiCol_TabHovered, ImGuiCol_Tab, ImGuiCol_TabSelected, ImGuiCol_TabSelectedOverline, ImGuiCol_TabDimmed, ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelected, ImGuiCol_TabDimmedSelectedOverline, }; -static const ImGuiDataVarInfo GStyleVarInfo[] = +static const ImGuiStyleVarInfo GStyleVarsInfo[] = { - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameShading) }, // tildearrow: ImGuiStyleVar_FrameShading - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarOverlineSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarOverlineSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersAngle)}, // ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersTextAlign)},// ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextBorderSize)}, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding - { ImGuiDataType_Float, 1, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, DockingSeparatorSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DockingSeparatorSize + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, Alpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, DisabledAlpha) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DisabledAlpha + { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowBorderSize + { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize + { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, WindowTitleAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_WindowTitleAlign + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ChildBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ChildBorderSize + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupRounding + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, PopupBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_PopupBorderSize + { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FramePadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameRounding + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameShading) }, // tildearrow: ImGuiStyleVar_FrameShading + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, FrameBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_FrameBorderSize + { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing + { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ItemInnerSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ItemInnerSpacing + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, IndentSpacing) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_IndentSpacing + { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, CellPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_CellPadding + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarSize + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ScrollbarRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabMinSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, GrabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ImageBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ImageBorderSize + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabRounding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarBorderSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TabBarOverlineSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarOverlineSize + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersAngle)}, // ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersAngle + { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, TableAngledHeadersTextAlign)},// ImGuiStyleVar_TableAngledHeadersTextAlign + { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, ButtonTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_ButtonTextAlign + { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SelectableTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextBorderSize)}, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextBorderSize + { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextAlign) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextAlign + { 2, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, SeparatorTextPadding) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_SeparatorTextPadding + { 1, ImGuiDataType_Float, (ImU32)offsetof(ImGuiStyle, DockingSeparatorSize) }, // ImGuiStyleVar_DockingSeparatorSize }; -const ImGuiDataVarInfo* ImGui::GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx) +const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* ImGui::GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx) { IM_ASSERT(idx >= 0 && idx < ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); - IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); - return &GStyleVarInfo[idx]; + IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GStyleVarsInfo) == ImGuiStyleVar_COUNT); + return &GStyleVarsInfo[idx]; } void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); - if (var_info->Type != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 1) + const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->DataType != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 1) { IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!"); return; @@ -3506,8 +3526,8 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val) void ImGui::PushStyleVarX(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val_x) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); - if (var_info->Type != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 2) + const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->DataType != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 2) { IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!"); return; @@ -3520,8 +3540,8 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleVarX(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val_x) void ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val_y) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); - if (var_info->Type != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 2) + const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->DataType != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 2) { IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!"); return; @@ -3534,8 +3554,8 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float val_y) void ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar idx, const ImVec2& val) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiDataVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); - if (var_info->Type != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 2) + const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(idx); + if (var_info->DataType != ImGuiDataType_Float || var_info->Count != 2) { IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(0, "Calling PushStyleVar() variant with wrong type!"); return; @@ -3557,10 +3577,10 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleVar(int count) { // We avoid a generic memcpy(data, &backup.Backup.., GDataTypeSize[info->Type] * info->Count), the overhead in Debug is not worth it. ImGuiStyleMod& backup = g.StyleVarStack.back(); - const ImGuiDataVarInfo* info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx); - void* data = info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); - if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 1) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; } - else if (info->Type == ImGuiDataType_Float && info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; } + const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* var_info = GetStyleVarInfo(backup.VarIdx); + void* data = var_info->GetVarPtr(&g.Style); + if (var_info->DataType == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 1) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; } + else if (var_info->DataType == ImGuiDataType_Float && var_info->Count == 2) { ((float*)data)[0] = backup.BackupFloat[0]; ((float*)data)[1] = backup.BackupFloat[1]; } g.StyleVarStack.pop_back(); count--; } @@ -3679,7 +3699,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool else { if (!text_end) - text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT + text_end = text + ImStrlen(text); // FIXME-OPT text_display_end = text_end; } @@ -3704,7 +3724,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; if (!text_end) - text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT + text_end = text + ImStrlen(text); // FIXME-OPT if (text != text_end) { @@ -3957,7 +3977,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCurso { // We scale cursor with current viewport/monitor, however Windows 10 for its own hardware cursor seems to be using a different scale factor. ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; - if (!font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) + if (!ImFontAtlasGetMouseCursorTexData(font_atlas, mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) continue; const ImVec2 pos = base_pos - offset; const float scale = base_scale * viewport->DpiScale; @@ -3970,6 +3990,13 @@ void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImVec2 base_pos, float base_scale, ImGuiMouseCurso draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2, 0) * scale, pos + (ImVec2(2, 0) + size) * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border); draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size * scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill); + if (mouse_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait || mouse_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress) + { + float a_min = ImFmod((float)g.Time * 5.0f, 2.0f * IM_PI); + float a_max = a_min + IM_PI * 1.65f; + draw_list->PathArcTo(pos + ImVec2(14, -1) * scale, 6.0f * scale, a_min, a_max); + draw_list->PathStroke(col_fill, ImDrawFlags_None, 3.0f * scale); + } draw_list->PopTextureID(); } } @@ -4074,6 +4101,7 @@ ImGuiContext::ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) InputEventsNextEventId = 1; WindowsActiveCount = 0; + WindowsBorderHoverPadding = 0.0f; CurrentWindow = NULL; HoveredWindow = NULL; HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow = NULL; @@ -4465,7 +4493,7 @@ ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* name, const char* displa memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); Ctx = ctx; Name = ImStrdup(name); - NameBufLen = (int)strlen(name) + 1; + NameBufLen = (int)ImStrlen(name) + 1; if(displayedName != NULL) { @@ -4659,8 +4687,11 @@ void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id) return; if (g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0) { + // FIXME: Can't we fully rely on LastItemData yet? g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedThisFrame = true; g.ActiveIdHasBeenEditedBefore = true; + if (g.DeactivatedItemData.ID == id) + g.DeactivatedItemData.HasBeenEditedBefore = true; } // We accept a MarkItemEdited() on drag and drop targets (see https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1875#issuecomment-978243343) @@ -5049,7 +5080,7 @@ ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO() } // This variant exists to facilitate backends experimenting with multi-threaded parallel context. (#8069, #6293, #5856) -ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIOEx(ImGuiContext* ctx) +ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO(ImGuiContext* ctx) { IM_ASSERT(ctx != NULL); return ctx->IO; @@ -5062,7 +5093,7 @@ ImGuiPlatformIO& ImGui::GetPlatformIO() } // This variant exists to facilitate backends experimenting with multi-threaded parallel context. (#8069, #6293, #5856) -ImGuiPlatformIO& ImGui::GetPlatformIOEx(ImGuiContext* ctx) +ImGuiPlatformIO& ImGui::GetPlatformIO(ImGuiContext* ctx) { IM_ASSERT(ctx != NULL); return ctx->PlatformIO; @@ -5180,7 +5211,7 @@ void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindowOrNode(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiDockNode* nod // Handle mouse moving window // Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing() -// FIXME: We don't have strong guarantee that g.MovingWindow stay synched with g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId. +// FIXME: We don't have strong guarantee that g.MovingWindow stay synced with g.ActiveId == g.MovingWindow->MoveId. // This is currently enforced by the fact that BeginDragDropSource() is setting all g.ActiveIdUsingXXXX flags to inhibit navigation inputs, // but if we should more thoroughly test cases where g.ActiveId or g.MovingWindow gets changed and not the other. void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindowNewFrame() @@ -5338,7 +5369,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() // FIXME-DPI: This storage was added on 2021/03/31 for test engine, but if we want to multiply WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING // by DpiScale, we need to make this window-agnostic anyhow, maybe need storing inside ImGuiWindow. - g.WindowsHoverPadding = ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING)); + g.WindowsBorderHoverPadding = ImMax(ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding.x, g.Style.TouchExtraPadding.y), g.Style.WindowBorderHoverPadding); // Find the window hovered by mouse: // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow. @@ -5436,6 +5467,7 @@ static void SetupDrawListSharedData() g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill; if (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_RendererHasVtxOffset) g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFlags |= ImDrawListFlags_AllowVtxOffset; + g.DrawListSharedData.InitialFringeScale = 1.0f; // FIXME-DPI: Change this for some DPI scaling experiments. } void ImGui::NewFrame() @@ -6191,7 +6223,7 @@ void ImGui::FindHoveredWindowEx(const ImVec2& pos, bool find_first_and_in_any_vi } ImVec2 padding_regular = g.Style.TouchExtraPadding; - ImVec2 padding_for_resize = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? g.WindowsHoverPadding : padding_regular; + ImVec2 padding_for_resize = ImMax(g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, ImVec2(g.Style.WindowBorderHoverPadding, g.Style.WindowBorderHoverPadding)); for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; @@ -6475,7 +6507,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, I // A SetNextWindowSize() call always has priority (#8020) // (since the code in Begin() never supported SizeVal==0.0f aka auto-resize via SetNextWindowSize() call, we don't support it here for now) // FIXME: We only support ImGuiCond_Always in this path. Supporting other paths would requires to obtain window pointer. - if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeCond & ImGuiCond_Always) != 0) + if ((g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeCond & ImGuiCond_Always) != 0) { if (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f) { @@ -6491,11 +6523,11 @@ bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, I SetNextWindowSize(size); // Forward child flags (we allow prior settings to merge but it'll only work for adding flags) - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags) + if (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags) g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags |= child_flags; else g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags = child_flags; - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags; + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags; // Build up name. If you need to append to a same child from multiple location in the ID stack, use BeginChild(ImGuiID id) with a stable value. // FIXME: 2023/11/14: commented out shorted version. We had an issue with multiple ### in child window path names, which the trailing hash helped workaround. @@ -6730,7 +6762,7 @@ static ImVec2 CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& s { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImVec2 new_size = size_desired; - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) + if (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) { // See comments in SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() for details about setting size_min an size_max. ImRect cr = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect; @@ -6939,7 +6971,7 @@ static int ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& si int ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x00; const float grip_draw_size = IM_TRUNC(ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f)); const float grip_hover_inner_size = (resize_grip_count > 0) ? IM_TRUNC(grip_draw_size * 0.75f) : 0.0f; - const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.IO.ConfigWindowsResizeFromEdges ? WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING : 0.0f; + const float grip_hover_outer_size = g.WindowsBorderHoverPadding; ImRect clamp_rect = visibility_rect; const bool window_move_from_title_bar = g.IO.ConfigWindowsMoveFromTitleBarOnly && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar); @@ -6985,7 +7017,7 @@ static int ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& si { // Auto-fit when double-clicking size_target = CalcWindowSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); - ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x03; // Both axises + ret_auto_fit_mask = 0x03; // Both axes ClearActiveID(); } else if (held) @@ -7017,7 +7049,7 @@ static int ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& si const ImGuiAxis axis = (border_n == ImGuiDir_Left || border_n == ImGuiDir_Right) ? ImGuiAxis_X : ImGuiAxis_Y; bool hovered, held; - ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING); + ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_inner_size, g.WindowsBorderHoverPadding); ImGuiID border_id = window->GetID(border_n + 4); // == GetWindowResizeBorderID() ItemAdd(border_rect, border_id, NULL, ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav); ButtonBehavior(border_rect, border_id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); @@ -7055,7 +7087,7 @@ static int ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& si const ImVec2 border_curr = (window->Pos + ImMin(def.SegmentN1, def.SegmentN2) * window->Size); const float border_target_rel_mode_for_axis = border_curr[axis] + g.IO.MouseDelta[axis]; - const float border_target_abs_mode_for_axis = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; // Match ButtonBehavior() padding above. + const float border_target_abs_mode_for_axis = g.IO.MousePos[axis] - g.ActiveIdClickOffset[axis] + g.WindowsBorderHoverPadding; // Match ButtonBehavior() padding above. // Use absolute mode position ImVec2 border_target = window->Pos; @@ -7148,7 +7180,7 @@ static int ImGui::UpdateWindowManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& si // Recalculate next expected border expected coordinates if (*border_held != -1) - g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, *border_held, grip_hover_inner_size, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING); + g.WindowResizeBorderExpectedRect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, *border_held, grip_hover_inner_size, g.WindowsBorderHoverPadding); return ret_auto_fit_mask; } @@ -7251,7 +7283,7 @@ void ImGui::RenderWindowDecorations(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& title_bar // Adjust alpha. For docking bool override_alpha = false; float alpha = 1.0f; - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha) + if (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha) { alpha = g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal; override_alpha = true; @@ -7469,7 +7501,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateWindowSkipRefresh(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; window->SkipRefresh = false; - if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy) == 0) + if ((g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy) == 0) return; if (g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal & ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags_TryToAvoidRefresh) { @@ -7552,7 +7584,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, const SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true); window->FlagsPreviousFrame = window->Flags; window->Flags = (ImGuiWindowFlags)flags; - window->ChildFlags = (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags) ? g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags : 0; + window->ChildFlags = (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags) ? g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags : 0; window->LastFrameActive = current_frame; window->LastTimeActive = (float)g.Time; window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0; @@ -7566,7 +7598,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, const // Docking // (NB: during the frame dock nodes are created, it is possible that (window->DockIsActive == false) even though (window->DockNode->Windows.Size > 1) IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode == NULL || window->DockNodeAsHost == NULL); // Cannot be both - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock) + if (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock) SetWindowDock(window, g.NextWindowData.DockId, g.NextWindowData.DockCond); if (first_begin_of_the_frame) { @@ -7581,7 +7613,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, const if (window->DockIsActive) { IM_ASSERT(window->DockNode != NULL); - g.NextWindowData.Flags &= ~ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; // Docking currently override constraints + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags &= ~ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; // Docking currently override constraints } // Amend the Appearing flag @@ -7613,6 +7645,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, const window_stack_data.Window = window; window_stack_data.ParentLastItemDataBackup = g.LastItemData; window_stack_data.DisabledOverrideReenable = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) && (g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled); + window_stack_data.DisabledOverrideReenableAlphaBackup = 0.0f; ErrorRecoveryStoreState(&window_stack_data.StackSizesInBegin); g.StackSizesInBeginForCurrentWindow = &window_stack_data.StackSizesInBegin; if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) @@ -7661,7 +7694,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, const // (FIXME: Consider splitting the HasXXX flags into X/Y components bool window_pos_set_by_api = false; bool window_size_x_set_by_api = false, window_size_y_set_by_api = false; - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) + if (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) { window_pos_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) != 0; if (window_pos_set_by_api && ImLengthSqr(g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal) > 0.00001f) @@ -7677,7 +7710,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, const SetWindowPos(window, g.NextWindowData.PosVal, g.NextWindowData.PosCond); } } - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) + if (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) { window_size_x_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x > 0.0f); window_size_y_set_by_api = (window->SetWindowSizeAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.SizeCond) != 0 && (g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y > 0.0f); @@ -7687,7 +7720,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, const g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y = window->SizeFull.y; SetWindowSize(window, g.NextWindowData.SizeVal, g.NextWindowData.SizeCond); } - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll) + if (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll) { if (g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal.x >= 0.0f) { @@ -7700,15 +7733,15 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, const window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; } } - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize) + if (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize) window->ContentSizeExplicit = g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal; else if (first_begin_of_the_frame) window->ContentSizeExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass) + if (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass) window->WindowClass = g.NextWindowData.WindowClass; - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed) + if (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed) SetWindowCollapsed(window, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal, g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond); - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus) + if (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus) FocusWindow(window); if (window->Appearing) SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, false); @@ -7750,7 +7783,9 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, const bool window_title_visible_elsewhere = false; if ((window->Viewport && window->Viewport->Window == window) || (window->DockIsActive)) window_title_visible_elsewhere = true; - else if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0) // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB + else if (g.NavWindowingListWindow != NULL && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) == 0) // Window titles visible when using CTRL+TAB + window_title_visible_elsewhere = true; + else if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) window_title_visible_elsewhere = true; if (window_title_visible_elsewhere && !window_just_created && strcmp(name, window->Name) != 0) { @@ -8084,9 +8119,23 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, const ImVec2 needed_size_from_last_frame = window_just_created ? ImVec2(0, 0) : window->ContentSize + window->WindowPadding * 2.0f; float size_x_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_x ? avail_size_from_current_frame.x : avail_size_from_last_frame.x; float size_y_for_scrollbars = use_current_size_for_scrollbar_y ? avail_size_from_current_frame.y : avail_size_from_last_frame.y; + bool scrollbar_x_prev = window->ScrollbarX; //bool scrollbar_y_from_last_frame = window->ScrollbarY; // FIXME: May want to use that in the ScrollbarX expression? How many pros vs cons? window->ScrollbarY = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar)); window->ScrollbarX = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar) || ((needed_size_from_last_frame.x > size_x_for_scrollbars - (window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f)) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)); + + // Track when ScrollbarX visibility keeps toggling, which is a sign of a feedback loop, and stabilize by enforcing visibility (#3285, #8488) + // (Feedback loops of this sort can manifest in various situations, but combining horizontal + vertical scrollbar + using a clipper with varying width items is one frequent cause. + // The better solution is to, either (1) enforce visibility by using ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar or (2) declare stable contents width with SetNextWindowContentSize(), if you can compute it) + window->ScrollbarXStabilizeToggledHistory <<= 1; + window->ScrollbarXStabilizeToggledHistory |= (scrollbar_x_prev != window->ScrollbarX) ? 0x01 : 0x00; + const bool scrollbar_x_stabilize = (window->ScrollbarXStabilizeToggledHistory != 0) && ImCountSetBits(window->ScrollbarXStabilizeToggledHistory) >= 4; // 4 == half of bits in our U8 history. + if (scrollbar_x_stabilize) + window->ScrollbarX = true; + //if (scrollbar_x_stabilize && !window->ScrollbarXStabilizeEnabled) + // IMGUI_DEBUG_LOG("[scroll] Stabilize ScrollbarX for Window '%s'\n", window->Name); + window->ScrollbarXStabilizeEnabled = scrollbar_x_stabilize; + if (window->ScrollbarX && !window->ScrollbarY) window->ScrollbarY = (needed_size_from_last_frame.y > size_y_for_scrollbars - style.ScrollbarSize) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar); window->ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(window->ScrollbarY ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f, window->ScrollbarX ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f); @@ -8471,7 +8520,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, const // Hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems > 0)) window->HiddenFramesCanSkipItems = 1; - if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0)) + if (parent_window && parent_window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems > 0) window->HiddenFramesCannotSkipItems = 1; } @@ -8739,6 +8788,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginDisabledOverrideReenable() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled); + g.CurrentWindowStack.back().DisabledOverrideReenableAlphaBackup = g.Style.Alpha; g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup; g.CurrentItemFlags &= ~ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled; g.ItemFlagsStack.push_back(g.CurrentItemFlags); @@ -8752,7 +8802,7 @@ void ImGui::EndDisabledOverrideReenable() IM_ASSERT(g.DisabledStackSize > 0); g.ItemFlagsStack.pop_back(); g.CurrentItemFlags = g.ItemFlagsStack.back(); - g.Style.Alpha = g.DisabledAlphaBackup * g.Style.DisabledAlpha; + g.Style.Alpha = g.CurrentWindowStack.back().DisabledOverrideReenableAlphaBackup; } void ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(float wrap_pos_x) @@ -9054,7 +9104,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond, const ImVec2& pi { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos; + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos; g.NextWindowData.PosVal = pos; g.NextWindowData.PosPivotVal = pivot; g.NextWindowData.PosCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; @@ -9065,7 +9115,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize; + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize; g.NextWindowData.SizeVal = size; g.NextWindowData.SizeCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; } @@ -9077,7 +9127,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond) void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& size_max, ImGuiSizeCallback custom_callback, void* custom_callback_user_data) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint; g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect = ImRect(size_min, size_max); g.NextWindowData.SizeCallback = custom_callback; g.NextWindowData.SizeCallbackUserData = custom_callback_user_data; @@ -9088,14 +9138,14 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(const ImVec2& size_min, const ImVec2& s void ImGui::SetNextWindowContentSize(const ImVec2& size) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize; + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasContentSize; g.NextWindowData.ContentSizeVal = ImTrunc(size); } void ImGui::SetNextWindowScroll(const ImVec2& scroll) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll; + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll; g.NextWindowData.ScrollVal = scroll; } @@ -9103,7 +9153,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(cond == 0 || ImIsPowerOfTwo(cond)); // Make sure the user doesn't attempt to combine multiple condition flags. - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed; + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasCollapsed; g.NextWindowData.CollapsedVal = collapsed; g.NextWindowData.CollapsedCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; } @@ -9111,21 +9161,21 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowCollapsed(bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond) void ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(float alpha) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha; + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha; g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal = alpha; } void ImGui::SetNextWindowViewport(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport; + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport; g.NextWindowData.ViewportId = id; } void ImGui::SetNextWindowDockID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiCond cond) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock; + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock; g.NextWindowData.DockCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; g.NextWindowData.DockId = id; } @@ -9134,7 +9184,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowClass(const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT((window_class->ViewportFlagsOverrideSet & window_class->ViewportFlagsOverrideClear) == 0); // Cannot set both set and clear for the same bit - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass; + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass; g.NextWindowData.WindowClass = *window_class; } @@ -9142,7 +9192,7 @@ void ImGui::SetNextWindowClass(const ImGuiWindowClass* window_class) void ImGui::SetNextWindowRefreshPolicy(ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy; + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy; g.NextWindowData.RefreshFlagsVal = flags; } @@ -9609,7 +9659,7 @@ ImGuiKeyData* ImGui::GetKeyData(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiKey key) return &g.IO.KeysData[key - ImGuiKey_NamedKey_BEGIN]; } -// Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. +// Those names are provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently nor compared. static const char* const GKeyNames[] = { "Tab", "LeftArrow", "RightArrow", "UpArrow", "DownArrow", "PageUp", "PageDown", @@ -9624,7 +9674,7 @@ static const char* const GKeyNames[] = "Pause", "Keypad0", "Keypad1", "Keypad2", "Keypad3", "Keypad4", "Keypad5", "Keypad6", "Keypad7", "Keypad8", "Keypad9", "KeypadDecimal", "KeypadDivide", "KeypadMultiply", "KeypadSubtract", "KeypadAdd", "KeypadEnter", "KeypadEqual", - "AppBack", "AppForward", + "AppBack", "AppForward", "Oem102", "GamepadStart", "GamepadBack", "GamepadFaceLeft", "GamepadFaceRight", "GamepadFaceUp", "GamepadFaceDown", "GamepadDpadLeft", "GamepadDpadRight", "GamepadDpadUp", "GamepadDpadDown", @@ -9666,7 +9716,7 @@ const char* ImGui::GetKeyChordName(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord) (key != ImGuiKey_None || key_chord == ImGuiKey_None) ? GetKeyName(key) : ""); size_t len; if (key == ImGuiKey_None && key_chord != 0) - if ((len = strlen(g.TempKeychordName)) != 0) // Remove trailing '+' + if ((len = ImStrlen(g.TempKeychordName)) != 0) // Remove trailing '+' g.TempKeychordName[len - 1] = 0; return g.TempKeychordName; } @@ -10558,7 +10608,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() if (g.IO.MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap) wheel = ImVec2(wheel.y, 0.0f); - // Maintain a rough average of moving magnitude on both axises + // Maintain a rough average of moving magnitude on both axes // FIXME: should by based on wall clock time rather than frame-counter g.WheelingAxisAvg.x = ImExponentialMovingAverage(g.WheelingAxisAvg.x, ImAbs(wheel.x), 30); g.WheelingAxisAvg.y = ImExponentialMovingAverage(g.WheelingAxisAvg.y, ImAbs(wheel.y), 30); @@ -10571,7 +10621,7 @@ void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() // Mouse wheel scrolling: find target and apply // - don't renew lock if axis doesn't apply on the window. - // - select a main axis when both axises are being moved. + // - select a main axis when both axes are being moved. if (ImGuiWindow* window = (g.WheelingWindow ? g.WheelingWindow : FindBestWheelingWindow(wheel))) if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMouseInputs)) { @@ -11079,7 +11129,8 @@ static void ImGui::ErrorCheckNewFrameSanityChecks() IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CircleTessellationMaxError > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); // Allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting."); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMinSize.x >= 1.0f && g.Style.WindowMinSize.y >= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowBorderHoverPadding > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting!"); // Required otherwise cannot resize from borders. IM_ASSERT(g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_None || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.WindowMenuButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right); IM_ASSERT(g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Left || g.Style.ColorButtonPosition == ImGuiDir_Right); @@ -11367,15 +11418,24 @@ void ImGui::ErrorCheckEndFrameFinalizeErrorTooltip() //BulletText("Code intending to use duplicate ID may use e.g. PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_AllowDuplicateId, true); ... PopItemFlag()"); // Not making this too visible for fear of it being abused. BulletText("Set io.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts=false to disable this warning in non-programmers builds."); Separator(); - Text("(Hold CTRL to: use"); - SameLine(); - if (SmallButton("Item Picker")) - DebugStartItemPicker(); - SameLine(); - Text("to break in item call-stack, or"); - SameLine(); + if (g.IO.ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflictsShowItemPicker) + { + Text("(Hold CTRL to: use "); + SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (SmallButton("Item Picker")) + DebugStartItemPicker(); + SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f); + Text(" to break in item call-stack, or "); + } + else + { + Text("(Hold CTRL to "); + } + SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f); if (SmallButton("Open FAQ->About ID Stack System") && g.PlatformIO.Platform_OpenInShellFn != NULL) g.PlatformIO.Platform_OpenInShellFn(&g, "https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md#qa-usage"); + SameLine(0.0f, 0.0f); + Text(")"); EndErrorTooltip(); } @@ -12236,7 +12296,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiTooltipFlags tooltip_flags, ImGuiWindowFlags ext // See FindBestWindowPosForPopup() for positionning logic of other tooltips (not drag and drop ones). //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding; const bool is_touchscreen = (g.IO.MouseSource == ImGuiMouseSource_TouchScreen); - if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0) + if ((g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0) { ImVec2 tooltip_pos = is_touchscreen ? (g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET_TOUCH * g.Style.MouseCursorScale) : (g.IO.MousePos + TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_OFFSET_MOUSE * g.Style.MouseCursorScale); ImVec2 tooltip_pivot = is_touchscreen ? TOOLTIP_DEFAULT_PIVOT_TOUCH : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); @@ -12614,17 +12674,32 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags) } char name[20]; - if (extra_window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.BeginMenuDepth); // Recycle windows based on depth - else - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame + IM_ASSERT((extra_window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) == 0); // Use BeginPopupMenuEx() + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // No recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, extra_window_flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking); if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) EndPopup(); - //g.CurrentWindow->FocusRouteParentWindow = g.CurrentWindow->ParentWindowInBeginStack; + return is_open; +} +bool ImGui::BeginPopupMenuEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!IsPopupOpen(id, ImGuiPopupFlags_None)) + { + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return false; + } + + char name[128]; + IM_ASSERT(extra_window_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu); + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "%s###Menu_%02d", label, g.BeginMenuDepth); // Recycle windows based on depth + bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, extra_window_flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); + if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + EndPopup(); + //g.CurrentWindow->FocusRouteParentWindow = g.CurrentWindow->ParentWindowInBeginStack; return is_open; } @@ -12661,7 +12736,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags fla // Center modal windows by default for increased visibility // (this won't really last as settings will kick in, and is mostly for backward compatibility. user may do the same themselves) // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window. - if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0) + if ((g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) == 0) { const ImGuiViewport* viewport = window->WasActive ? window->Viewport : GetMainViewport(); // FIXME-VIEWPORT: What may be our reference viewport? SetNextWindowPos(viewport->GetCenter(), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); @@ -12964,7 +13039,7 @@ void ImGui::SetWindowFocus(const char* name) void ImGui::SetNextWindowFocus() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextWindowData.Flags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus; + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags |= ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus; } // Similar to IsWindowHovered() @@ -14606,6 +14681,40 @@ static void NavUpdateWindowingTarget(int focus_change_dir) g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; } +// Apply focus and close overlay +static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingApplyFocus(ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window) +{ + // FIXME: Many actions here could be part of a higher-level/reused function. Why aren't they in FocusWindow() ? + // Investigate for each of them: ClearActiveID(), NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(), NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(), ClosePopupsOverWindow(), NavInitWindow() + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow) + { + ImGuiViewport* previous_viewport = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Viewport : NULL; + ClearActiveID(); + SetNavCursorVisibleAfterMove(); + ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false); + FocusWindow(apply_focus_window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); + apply_focus_window = g.NavWindow; + if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) + NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false); + + // If the window has ONLY a menu layer (no main layer), select it directly + // Use NavLayersActiveMaskNext since windows didn't have a chance to be Begin()-ed on this frame, + // so CTRL+Tab where the keys are only held for 1 frame will be able to use correct layers mask since + // the target window as already been previewed once. + // FIXME-NAV: This should be done in NavInit.. or in FocusWindow... However in both of those cases, + // we won't have a guarantee that windows has been visible before and therefore NavLayersActiveMask* + // won't be valid. + if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) + g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; + + // Request OS level focus + if (apply_focus_window->Viewport != previous_viewport && g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowFocus) + g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowFocus(apply_focus_window->Viewport); + } + g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; +} + // Windowing management mode // Keyboard: CTRL+Tab (change focus/move/resize), Alt (toggle menu layer) // Gamepad: Hold Menu/Square (change focus/move/resize), Tap Menu/Square (toggle menu layer) @@ -14757,35 +14866,8 @@ static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() } // Apply final focus - if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow)) - { - // FIXME: Many actions here could be part of a higher-level/reused function. Why aren't they in FocusWindow() - // Investigate for each of them: ClearActiveID(), NavRestoreHighlightAfterMove(), NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(), ClosePopupsOverWindow(), NavInitWindow() - ImGuiViewport* previous_viewport = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Viewport : NULL; - ClearActiveID(); - SetNavCursorVisibleAfterMove(); - ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window, false); - FocusWindow(apply_focus_window, ImGuiFocusRequestFlags_RestoreFocusedChild); - apply_focus_window = g.NavWindow; - if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) - NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false); - - // If the window has ONLY a menu layer (no main layer), select it directly - // Use NavLayersActiveMaskNext since windows didn't have a chance to be Begin()-ed on this frame, - // so CTRL+Tab where the keys are only held for 1 frame will be able to use correct layers mask since - // the target window as already been previewed once. - // FIXME-NAV: This should be done in NavInit.. or in FocusWindow... However in both of those cases, - // we won't have a guarantee that windows has been visible before and therefore NavLayersActiveMask* - // won't be valid. - if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayersActiveMaskNext == (1 << ImGuiNavLayer_Menu)) - g.NavLayer = ImGuiNavLayer_Menu; - - // Request OS level focus - if (apply_focus_window->Viewport != previous_viewport && g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowFocus) - g.PlatformIO.Platform_SetWindowFocus(apply_focus_window->Viewport); - } if (apply_focus_window) - g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; + NavUpdateWindowingApplyFocus(apply_focus_window); // Apply menu/layer toggle if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow) @@ -15049,7 +15131,7 @@ bool ImGui::SetDragDropPayload(const char* type, const void* data, size_t data_s cond = ImGuiCond_Always; IM_ASSERT(type != NULL); - IM_ASSERT(strlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long"); + IM_ASSERT(ImStrlen(type) < IM_ARRAYSIZE(payload.DataType) && "Payload type can be at most 32 characters long"); IM_ASSERT((data != NULL && data_size > 0) || (data == NULL && data_size == 0)); IM_ASSERT(cond == ImGuiCond_Always || cond == ImGuiCond_Once); IM_ASSERT(payload.SourceId != 0); // Not called between BeginDragDropSource() and EndDragDropSource() @@ -15293,7 +15375,7 @@ void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* } if (prefix) - LogRenderedText(ref_pos, prefix, prefix + strlen(prefix)); // Calculate end ourself to ensure "##" are included here. + LogRenderedText(ref_pos, prefix, prefix + ImStrlen(prefix)); // Calculate end ourself to ensure "##" are included here. // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth if (g.LogDepthRef > window->DC.TreeDepth) @@ -15326,7 +15408,7 @@ void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* } if (suffix) - LogRenderedText(ref_pos, suffix, suffix + strlen(suffix)); + LogRenderedText(ref_pos, suffix, suffix + ImStrlen(suffix)); } // Start logging/capturing text output @@ -15628,7 +15710,7 @@ void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter). // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy.. if (ini_size == 0) - ini_size = strlen(ini_data); + ini_size = ImStrlen(ini_data); g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize((int)ini_size + 1); char* const buf = g.SettingsIniData.Buf.Data; char* const buf_end = buf + ini_size; @@ -15754,7 +15836,7 @@ ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name) if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) name = p; } - const size_t name_len = strlen(name); + const size_t name_len = ImStrlen(name); // Allocate chunk const size_t chunk_size = sizeof(ImGuiWindowSettings) + name_len + 1; @@ -16419,11 +16501,15 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const if (viewport) { // Always update for main viewport as we are already pulling correct platform pos/size (see #4900) + ImVec2 prev_pos = viewport->Pos; + ImVec2 prev_size = viewport->Size; if (!viewport->PlatformRequestMove || viewport->ID == IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID) viewport->Pos = pos; if (!viewport->PlatformRequestResize || viewport->ID == IMGUI_VIEWPORT_DEFAULT_ID) viewport->Size = size; viewport->Flags = flags | (viewport->Flags & (ImGuiViewportFlags_IsMinimized | ImGuiViewportFlags_IsFocused)); // Preserve existing flags + if (prev_pos != viewport->Pos || prev_size != viewport->Size) + UpdateViewportPlatformMonitor(viewport); } else { @@ -16450,6 +16536,8 @@ ImGuiViewportP* ImGui::AddUpdateViewport(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, const // This is so we can select an appropriate font size on the first frame of our window lifetime if (viewport->PlatformMonitor != -1) viewport->DpiScale = g.PlatformIO.Monitors[viewport->PlatformMonitor].DpiScale; + else + viewport->DpiScale = 1.0f; } viewport->Window = window; @@ -16509,7 +16597,7 @@ static void ImGui::WindowSelectViewport(ImGuiWindow* window) window->ViewportId = 0; } - if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport) == 0) + if ((g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport) == 0) { // By default inherit from parent window if (window->Viewport == NULL && window->ParentWindow && (!window->ParentWindow->IsFallbackWindow || window->ParentWindow->WasActive)) @@ -16525,7 +16613,7 @@ static void ImGui::WindowSelectViewport(ImGuiWindow* window) } bool lock_viewport = false; - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport) + if (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport) { // Code explicitly request a viewport window->Viewport = (ImGuiViewportP*)FindViewportByID(g.NextWindowData.ViewportId); @@ -16875,7 +16963,7 @@ static int ImGui::FindPlatformMonitorForRect(const ImRect& rect) // Use a minimum threshold of 1.0f so a zero-sized rect won't false positive, and will still find the correct monitor given its position. // This is necessary for tooltips which always resize down to zero at first. const float surface_threshold = ImMax(rect.GetWidth() * rect.GetHeight() * 0.5f, 1.0f); - int best_monitor_n = -1; + int best_monitor_n = 0; // Default to the first monitor as fallback float best_monitor_surface = 0.001f; for (int monitor_n = 0; monitor_n < g.PlatformIO.Monitors.Size && best_monitor_surface < surface_threshold; monitor_n++) @@ -18505,10 +18593,10 @@ static void ImGui::DockNodeUpdate(ImGuiDockNode* node) ImGuiDockNode* root_node = DockNodeGetRootNode(central_node); ImRect root_rect(root_node->Pos, root_node->Pos + root_node->Size); ImRect hole_rect(central_node->Pos, central_node->Pos + central_node->Size); - if (hole_rect.Min.x > root_rect.Min.x) { hole_rect.Min.x += WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; } - if (hole_rect.Max.x < root_rect.Max.x) { hole_rect.Max.x -= WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; } - if (hole_rect.Min.y > root_rect.Min.y) { hole_rect.Min.y += WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; } - if (hole_rect.Max.y < root_rect.Max.y) { hole_rect.Max.y -= WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING; } + if (hole_rect.Min.x > root_rect.Min.x) { hole_rect.Min.x += g.WindowsBorderHoverPadding; } + if (hole_rect.Max.x < root_rect.Max.x) { hole_rect.Max.x -= g.WindowsBorderHoverPadding; } + if (hole_rect.Min.y > root_rect.Min.y) { hole_rect.Min.y += g.WindowsBorderHoverPadding; } + if (hole_rect.Max.y < root_rect.Max.y) { hole_rect.Max.y -= g.WindowsBorderHoverPadding; } //GetForegroundDrawList()->AddRect(hole_rect.Min, hole_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 255)); if (central_node_hole && !hole_rect.IsInverted()) { @@ -19661,7 +19749,7 @@ void ImGui::DockNodeTreeUpdateSplitter(ImGuiDockNode* node) float min_size_0 = resize_limits[0] - child_0->Pos[axis]; float min_size_1 = child_1->Pos[axis] + child_1->Size[axis] - resize_limits[1]; ImU32 bg_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_WindowBg); - if (SplitterBehavior(bb, GetID("##Splitter"), axis, &cur_size_0, &cur_size_1, min_size_0, min_size_1, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING, WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER, bg_col)) + if (SplitterBehavior(bb, GetID("##Splitter"), axis, &cur_size_0, &cur_size_1, min_size_0, min_size_1, g.WindowsBorderHoverPadding, WINDOWS_RESIZE_FROM_EDGES_FEEDBACK_TIMER, bg_col)) { if (touching_nodes[0].Size > 0 && touching_nodes[1].Size > 0) { @@ -20185,8 +20273,6 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::DockBuilderSplitNode(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDir split_dir, float size_r return 0; } - IM_ASSERT(!node->IsSplitNode()); // Assert if already Split - ImGuiDockRequest req; req.Type = ImGuiDockRequestType_Split; req.DockTargetWindow = NULL; @@ -20463,7 +20549,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginDocked(ImGuiWindow* window, bool* p_open) // Calling SetNextWindowPos() undock windows by default (by setting PosUndock) bool want_undock = false; want_undock |= (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoDocking) != 0; - want_undock |= (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) && g.NextWindowData.PosUndock; + want_undock |= (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasPos) && (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & g.NextWindowData.PosCond) && g.NextWindowData.PosUndock; if (want_undock) { DockContextProcessUndockWindow(&g, window); @@ -20581,7 +20667,7 @@ void ImGui::BeginDockableDragDropSource(ImGuiWindow* window) // When ConfigDockingWithShift is set, display a tooltip to increase UI affordance. // We cannot set for HoveredWindowUnderMovingWindow != NULL here, as it is only valid/useful when drag and drop is already active // (because of the 'is_mouse_dragging_with_an_expected_destination' logic in UpdateViewportsNewFrame() function) - IM_ASSERT(g.NextWindowData.Flags == 0); + IM_ASSERT(g.NextWindowData.HasFlags == 0); if (g.IO.ConfigDockingWithShift && g.MouseStationaryTimer >= 1.0f && g.ActiveId >= 1.0f) SetTooltip("%s", LocalizeGetMsg(ImGuiLocKey_DockingHoldShiftToDock)); return; @@ -20979,7 +21065,7 @@ static void Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char* t if (!main_clipboard) PasteboardCreate(kPasteboardClipboard, &main_clipboard); PasteboardClear(main_clipboard); - CFDataRef cf_data = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, (const UInt8*)text, strlen(text)); + CFDataRef cf_data = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, (const UInt8*)text, ImStrlen(text)); if (cf_data) { PasteboardPutItemFlavor(main_clipboard, (PasteboardItemID)1, CFSTR("public.utf8-plain-text"), cf_data, 0); @@ -21033,7 +21119,7 @@ static void Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx, const cha { ImGuiContext& g = *ctx; g.ClipboardHandlerData.clear(); - const char* text_end = text + strlen(text); + const char* text_end = text + ImStrlen(text); g.ClipboardHandlerData.resize((int)(text_end - text) + 1); memcpy(&g.ClipboardHandlerData[0], text, (size_t)(text_end - text)); g.ClipboardHandlerData[(int)(text_end - text)] = 0; @@ -21047,11 +21133,13 @@ static void Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx, const cha #if defined(__APPLE__) && TARGET_OS_IPHONE #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS #endif - +#if defined(__3DS__) +#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS +#endif #if defined(_WIN32) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS) #define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS #endif -#endif +#endif // #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS #ifdef _WIN32 @@ -21061,7 +21149,11 @@ static void Platform_SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext* ctx, const cha #endif static bool Platform_OpenInShellFn_DefaultImpl(ImGuiContext*, const char* path) { - return (INT_PTR)::ShellExecuteA(NULL, "open", path, NULL, NULL, SW_SHOWDEFAULT) > 32; + const int path_wsize = ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, path, -1, NULL, 0); + ImVector path_wbuf; + path_wbuf.resize(path_wsize); + ::MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, path, -1, path_wbuf.Data, path_wsize); + return (INT_PTR)::ShellExecuteW(NULL, L"open", path_wbuf.Data, NULL, NULL, SW_SHOWDEFAULT) > 32; } #else #include @@ -21378,11 +21470,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowFontAtlas(ImFontAtlas* atlas) if (TreeNode("Font Atlas", "Font Atlas (%dx%d pixels)", atlas->TexWidth, atlas->TexHeight)) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiMetricsConfig* cfg = &g.DebugMetricsConfig; - Checkbox("Tint with Text Color", &cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor); // Using text color ensure visibility of core atlas data, but will alter custom colored icons - ImVec4 tint_col = cfg->ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor ? GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); - ImVec4 border_col = GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border); - Image(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), tint_col, border_col); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ImageBorderSize, ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.ImageBorderSize)); + ImageWithBg(atlas->TexID, ImVec2((float)atlas->TexWidth, (float)atlas->TexHeight), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f), ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f)); + PopStyleVar(); TreePop(); } } @@ -22351,7 +22441,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeDrawCmdShowMeshAndBoundingBox(ImDrawList* out_draw_list, co void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font) { bool opened = TreeNode(font, "Font: \"%s\": %.2f px, %d glyphs, %d sources(s)", - font->ConfigData ? font->ConfigData[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->ConfigDataCount); + font->Sources ? font->Sources[0].Name : "", font->FontSize, font->Glyphs.Size, font->SourcesCount); // Display preview text if (!opened) @@ -22384,14 +22474,14 @@ void ImGui::DebugNodeFont(ImFont* font) Text("Ellipsis character: '%s' (U+%04X)", ImTextCharToUtf8(c_str, font->EllipsisChar), font->EllipsisChar); const int surface_sqrt = (int)ImSqrt((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface); Text("Texture Area: about %d px ~%dx%d px", font->MetricsTotalSurface, surface_sqrt, surface_sqrt); - for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->ConfigDataCount; config_i++) - if (font->ConfigData) + for (int config_i = 0; config_i < font->SourcesCount; config_i++) + if (font->Sources) { - const ImFontConfig* cfg = &font->ConfigData[config_i]; + const ImFontConfig* src = &font->Sources[config_i]; int oversample_h, oversample_v; - ImFontAtlasBuildGetOversampleFactors(cfg, &oversample_h, &oversample_v); + ImFontAtlasBuildGetOversampleFactors(src, &oversample_h, &oversample_v); BulletText("Input %d: \'%s\', Oversample: (%d=>%d,%d=>%d), PixelSnapH: %d, Offset: (%.1f,%.1f)", - config_i, cfg->Name, cfg->OversampleH, oversample_h, cfg->OversampleV, oversample_v, cfg->PixelSnapH, cfg->GlyphOffset.x, cfg->GlyphOffset.y); + config_i, src->Name, src->OversampleH, oversample_h, src->OversampleV, oversample_v, src->PixelSnapH, src->GlyphOffset.x, src->GlyphOffset.y); } // Display all glyphs of the fonts in separate pages of 256 characters @@ -22749,7 +22839,7 @@ static void ShowDebugLogFlag(const char* name, ImGuiDebugLogFlags flags) void ImGui::ShowDebugLogWindow(bool* p_open) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0) + if ((g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0) SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 12.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (!Begin("Dear ImGui Debug Log", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) { @@ -23033,7 +23123,7 @@ void ImGui::DebugHookIdInfo(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* dat ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%d", (int)(intptr_t)data_id); break; case ImGuiDataType_String: - ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%.*s", data_id_end ? (int)((const char*)data_id_end - (const char*)data_id) : (int)strlen((const char*)data_id), (const char*)data_id); + ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "%.*s", data_id_end ? (int)((const char*)data_id_end - (const char*)data_id) : (int)ImStrlen((const char*)data_id), (const char*)data_id); break; case ImGuiDataType_Pointer: ImFormatString(info->Desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(info->Desc), "(void*)0x%p", data_id); @@ -23071,7 +23161,7 @@ static int StackToolFormatLevelInfo(ImGuiIDStackTool* tool, int n, bool format_f void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0) + if ((g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0) SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(0.0f, GetFontSize() * 8.0f), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); if (!Begin("Dear ImGui ID Stack Tool", p_open) || GetCurrentWindow()->BeginCount > 1) { @@ -23081,42 +23171,44 @@ void ImGui::ShowIDStackToolWindow(bool* p_open) // Display hovered/active status ImGuiIDStackTool* tool = &g.DebugIDStackTool; - const ImGuiID hovered_id = g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; - const ImGuiID active_id = g.ActiveId; -#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE - Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X (\"%s\"), ActiveId: 0x%08X (\"%s\")", hovered_id, hovered_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, hovered_id) : "", active_id, active_id ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, active_id) : ""); -#else - Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X, ActiveId: 0x%08X", hovered_id, active_id); -#endif + + // Build and display path + tool->ResultPathBuf.resize(0); + for (int stack_n = 0; stack_n < tool->Results.Size; stack_n++) + { + char level_desc[256]; + StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, stack_n, false, level_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(level_desc)); + tool->ResultPathBuf.append(stack_n == 0 ? "//" : "/"); + for (int n = 0; level_desc[n]; n++) + { + if (level_desc[n] == '/') + tool->ResultPathBuf.append("\\"); + tool->ResultPathBuf.append(level_desc + n, level_desc + n + 1); + } + } + Text("0x%08X", tool->QueryId); SameLine(); MetricsHelpMarker("Hover an item with the mouse to display elements of the ID Stack leading to the item's final ID.\nEach level of the stack correspond to a PushID() call.\nAll levels of the stack are hashed together to make the final ID of a widget (ID displayed at the bottom level of the stack).\nRead FAQ entry about the ID stack for details."); // CTRL+C to copy path const float time_since_copy = (float)g.Time - tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime; - Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path to clipboard", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC); + SameLine(); + PushStyleVarY(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, 0.0f); Checkbox("Ctrl+C: copy path", &tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC); PopStyleVar(); SameLine(); TextColored((time_since_copy >= 0.0f && time_since_copy < 0.75f && ImFmod(time_since_copy, 0.25f) < 0.25f * 0.5f) ? ImVec4(1.f, 1.f, 0.3f, 1.f) : ImVec4(), "*COPIED*"); if (tool->CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C, ImGuiInputFlags_RouteGlobal | ImGuiInputFlags_RouteOverFocused)) { tool->CopyToClipboardLastTime = (float)g.Time; - char* p = g.TempBuffer.Data; - char* p_end = p + g.TempBuffer.Size; - for (int stack_n = 0; stack_n < tool->Results.Size && p + 3 < p_end; stack_n++) - { - *p++ = '/'; - char level_desc[256]; - StackToolFormatLevelInfo(tool, stack_n, false, level_desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(level_desc)); - for (int n = 0; level_desc[n] && p + 2 < p_end; n++) - { - if (level_desc[n] == '/') - *p++ = '\\'; - *p++ = level_desc[n]; - } - } - *p = '\0'; - SetClipboardText(g.TempBuffer.Data); + SetClipboardText(tool->ResultPathBuf.c_str()); } + Text("- Path \"%s\"", tool->ResultPathBuf.c_str()); +#ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_TEST_ENGINE + Text("- Label \"%s\"", tool->QueryId ? ImGuiTestEngine_FindItemDebugLabel(&g, tool->QueryId) : ""); +#endif + + Separator(); + // Display decorated stack tool->LastActiveFrame = g.FrameCount; if (tool->Results.Size > 0 && BeginTable("##table", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.h b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.h index 092e4e3b4..61be8cde3 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.91.8 +// dear imgui, v1.91.9 // (headers) // Help: @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ // Library Version // (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals, e.g. '#if IMGUI_VERSION_NUM >= 12345') -#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.91.8" -#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 19180 +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.91.9" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 19190 #define IMGUI_HAS_TABLE #define IMGUI_HAS_VIEWPORT // Viewport WIP branch #define IMGUI_HAS_DOCK // Docking WIP branch @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); IMGUI_API void BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // shortcut for Bullet()+Text() IMGUI_API void BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); - IMGUI_API void SeparatorText(const char* label); // currently: formatted text with an horizontal line + IMGUI_API void SeparatorText(const char* label); // currently: formatted text with a horizontal line // Widgets: ScrollText (tildearrow) IMGUI_API void ScrollText(ImGuiID id, const char* text, const ImVec2& pos, ImVec2 size=ImVec2(0,0), bool alwaysScroll=false); @@ -576,9 +576,10 @@ namespace ImGui // Widgets: Images // - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples // - 'uv0' and 'uv1' are texture coordinates. Read about them from the same link above. - // - Note that Image() may add +2.0f to provided size if a border is visible, ImageButton() adds style.FramePadding*2.0f to provided size. + // - Image() pads adds style.ImageBorderSize on each side, ImageButton() adds style.FramePadding on each side. // - ImageButton() draws a background based on regular Button() color + optionally an inner background if specified. - IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1), const ImVec4& border_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0)); + IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1)); + IMGUI_API void ImageWithBg(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(const char* str_id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0, 0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1, 1), const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1, 1, 1, 1)); // Widgets: Combo Box (Dropdown) @@ -941,7 +942,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void PopClipRect(); // Focus, Activation - IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus(); // make last item the default focused item of of a newly appearing window. + IMGUI_API void SetItemDefaultFocus(); // make last item the default focused item of a newly appearing window. IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget. // Keyboard/Gamepad Navigation @@ -1009,7 +1010,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(ImGuiKey key); // was key released (went from Down to !Down)? IMGUI_API bool IsKeyChordPressed(ImGuiKeyChord key_chord); // was key chord (mods + key) pressed, e.g. you can pass 'ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_S' as a key-chord. This doesn't do any routing or focus check, please consider using Shortcut() function instead. IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(ImGuiKey key, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate - IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key); // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names a provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently not compared. + IMGUI_API const char* GetKeyName(ImGuiKey key); // [DEBUG] returns English name of the key. Those names are provided for debugging purpose and are not meant to be saved persistently nor compared. IMGUI_API void SetNextFrameWantCaptureKeyboard(bool want_capture_keyboard); // Override io.WantCaptureKeyboard flag next frame (said flag is left for your application to handle, typically when true it instructs your app to ignore inputs). e.g. force capture keyboard when your widget is being hovered. This is equivalent to setting "io.WantCaptureKeyboard = want_capture_keyboard"; after the next NewFrame() call. // Inputs Utilities: Shortcut Testing & Routing [BETA] @@ -1097,11 +1098,11 @@ namespace ImGui // (Optional) Platform/OS interface for multi-viewport support // Read comments around the ImGuiPlatformIO structure for more details. // Note: You may use GetWindowViewport() to get the current viewport of the current window. - IMGUI_API void UpdatePlatformWindows(); // call in main loop. will call CreateWindow/ResizeWindow/etc. platform functions for each secondary viewport, and DestroyWindow for each inactive viewport. - IMGUI_API void RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(void* platform_render_arg = NULL, void* renderer_render_arg = NULL); // call in main loop. will call RenderWindow/SwapBuffers platform functions for each secondary viewport which doesn't have the ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized flag set. May be reimplemented by user for custom rendering needs. - IMGUI_API void DestroyPlatformWindows(); // call DestroyWindow platform functions for all viewports. call from backend Shutdown() if you need to close platform windows before imgui shutdown. otherwise will be called by DestroyContext(). - IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* FindViewportByID(ImGuiID id); // this is a helper for backends. - IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* FindViewportByPlatformHandle(void* platform_handle); // this is a helper for backends. the type platform_handle is decided by the backend (e.g. HWND, MyWindow*, GLFWwindow* etc.) + IMGUI_API void UpdatePlatformWindows(); // call in main loop. will call CreateWindow/ResizeWindow/etc. platform functions for each secondary viewport, and DestroyWindow for each inactive viewport. + IMGUI_API void RenderPlatformWindowsDefault(void* platform_render_arg = NULL, void* renderer_render_arg = NULL); // call in main loop. will call RenderWindow/SwapBuffers platform functions for each secondary viewport which doesn't have the ImGuiViewportFlags_Minimized flag set. May be reimplemented by user for custom rendering needs. + IMGUI_API void DestroyPlatformWindows(); // call DestroyWindow platform functions for all viewports. call from backend Shutdown() if you need to close platform windows before imgui shutdown. otherwise will be called by DestroyContext(). + IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* FindViewportByID(ImGuiID id); // this is a helper for backends. + IMGUI_API ImGuiViewport* FindViewportByPlatformHandle(void* platform_handle); // this is a helper for backends. the type platform_handle is decided by the backend (e.g. HWND, MyWindow*, GLFWwindow* etc.) } // namespace ImGui @@ -1223,7 +1224,7 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ ImGuiInputTextFlags_UndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Ensable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID(). // Elide display / Alignment - ImGuiInputTextFlags_ElideLeft = 1 << 17, // When text doesn't fit, elide left side to ensure right side stays visible. Useful for path/filenames. Single-line only! + ImGuiInputTextFlags_ElideLeft = 1 << 17, // When text doesn't fit, elide left side to ensure right side stays visible. Useful for path/filenames. Single-line only! // Callback features ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 18, // Callback on pressing TAB (for completion handling) @@ -1565,6 +1566,7 @@ enum ImGuiKey : int ImGuiKey_KeypadEqual, ImGuiKey_AppBack, // Available on some keyboard/mouses. Often referred as "Browser Back" ImGuiKey_AppForward, + ImGuiKey_Oem102, // Non-US backslash. // Gamepad (some of those are analog values, 0.0f to 1.0f) // NAVIGATION ACTION // (download controller mapping PNG/PSD at http://dearimgui.com/controls_sheets) @@ -1808,6 +1810,7 @@ enum ImGuiStyleVar_ ImGuiStyleVar_ScrollbarRounding, // float ScrollbarRounding ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, // float GrabMinSize ImGuiStyleVar_GrabRounding, // float GrabRounding + ImGuiStyleVar_ImageBorderSize, // float ImageBorderSize ImGuiStyleVar_TabRounding, // float TabRounding ImGuiStyleVar_TabBorderSize, // float TabBorderSize ImGuiStyleVar_TabBarBorderSize, // float TabBarBorderSize @@ -1928,6 +1931,8 @@ enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW, // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE, // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand, // (Unused by Dear ImGui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks) + ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait, // When waiting for something to process/load. + ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress, // When waiting for something to process/load, but application is still interactive. ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed, // When hovering something with disallowed interaction. Usually a crossed circle. ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT }; @@ -2245,6 +2250,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle ImVec2 WindowPadding; // Padding within a window. float WindowRounding; // Radius of window corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular windows. Large values tend to lead to variety of artifacts and are not recommended. float WindowBorderSize; // Thickness of border around windows. Generally set to 0.0f or 1.0f. (Other values are not well tested and more CPU/GPU costly). + float WindowBorderHoverPadding; // Hit-testing extent outside/inside resizing border. Also extend determination of hovered window. Generally meaningfully larger than WindowBorderSize to make it easy to reach borders. ImVec2 WindowMinSize; // Minimum window size. This is a global setting. If you want to constrain individual windows, use SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). ImVec2 WindowTitleAlign; // Alignment for title bar text. Defaults to (0.0f,0.5f) for left-aligned,vertically centered. ImGuiDir WindowMenuButtonPosition; // Side of the collapsing/docking button in the title bar (None/Left/Right). Defaults to ImGuiDir_Left. @@ -2267,9 +2273,11 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float GrabMinSize; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar. float GrabRounding; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. float LogSliderDeadzone; // The size in pixels of the dead-zone around zero on logarithmic sliders that cross zero. + float ImageBorderSize; // Thickness of border around Image() calls. float TabRounding; // Radius of upper corners of a tab. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular tabs. float TabBorderSize; // Thickness of border around tabs. - float TabMinWidthForCloseButton; // Minimum width for close button to appear on an unselected tab when hovered. Set to 0.0f to always show when hovering, set to FLT_MAX to never show close button unless selected. + float TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected; // -1: always visible. 0.0f: visible when hovered. >0.0f: visible when hovered if minimum width. + float TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected; // -1: always visible. 0.0f: visible when hovered. >0.0f: visible when hovered if minimum width. FLT_MAX: never show close button when unselected. float TabBarBorderSize; // Thickness of tab-bar separator, which takes on the tab active color to denote focus. float TabBarOverlineSize; // Thickness of tab-bar overline, which highlights the selected tab-bar. float TableAngledHeadersAngle; // Angle of angled headers (supported values range from -50.0f degrees to +50.0f degrees). @@ -2289,6 +2297,8 @@ struct ImGuiStyle bool AntiAliasedFill; // Enable anti-aliased edges around filled shapes (rounded rectangles, circles, etc.). Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. Latched at the beginning of the frame (copied to ImDrawList). float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() without a specific number of segments. Decrease for highly tessellated curves (higher quality, more polygons), increase to reduce quality. float CircleTessellationMaxError; // Maximum error (in pixels) allowed when using AddCircle()/AddCircleFilled() or drawing rounded corner rectangles with no explicit segment count specified. Decrease for higher quality but more geometry. + + // Colors ImVec4 Colors[ImGuiCol_COUNT]; bool DoFrameShadingForMultilineText; // Toggle FrameShading for multiline text input field @@ -2303,6 +2313,11 @@ struct ImGuiStyle IMGUI_API ImGuiStyle(); IMGUI_API void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor); + + // Obsolete names +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + // TabMinWidthForCloseButton = TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected // Renamed in 1.91.9. +#endif }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2434,7 +2449,8 @@ struct ImGuiIO // - Code should use PushID()/PopID() in loops, or append "##xx" to same-label identifiers. // - Empty label e.g. Button("") == same ID as parent widget/node. Use Button("##xx") instead! // - See FAQ https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md#q-about-the-id-stack-system - bool ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts;// = true // Highlight and show an error message when multiple items have conflicting identifiers. + bool ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflicts;// = true // Highlight and show an error message popup when multiple items have conflicting identifiers. + bool ConfigDebugHighlightIdConflictsShowItemPicker;//=true // Show "Item Picker" button in aforementioned popup. // Tools to test correct Begin/End and BeginChild/EndChild behaviors. // - Presently Begin()/End() and BeginChild()/EndChild() needs to ALWAYS be called in tandem, regardless of return value of BeginXXX() @@ -2549,7 +2565,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO bool MouseDownOwned[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window or over void blocked by a popup. We don't request mouse capture from the application if click started outside ImGui bounds. bool MouseDownOwnedUnlessPopupClose[5]; // Track if button was clicked inside a dear imgui window. bool MouseWheelRequestAxisSwap; // On a non-Mac system, holding SHIFT requests WheelY to perform the equivalent of a WheelX event. On a Mac system this is already enforced by the system. - bool MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick; // (OSX) Set to true when the current click was a ctrl-click that spawned a simulated right click + bool MouseCtrlLeftAsRightClick; // (OSX) Set to true when the current click was a Ctrl+click that spawned a simulated right click float MouseDownDuration[5]; // Duration the mouse button has been down (0.0f == just clicked) float MouseDownDurationPrev[5]; // Previous time the mouse button has been down ImVec2 MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[5]; // Maximum distance, absolute, on each axis, of how much mouse has traveled from the clicking point @@ -2737,10 +2753,11 @@ struct ImGuiTextBuffer ImGuiTextBuffer() { } inline char operator[](int i) const { IM_ASSERT(Buf.Data != NULL); return Buf.Data[i]; } const char* begin() const { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.front() : EmptyString; } - const char* end() const { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.back() : EmptyString; } // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator + const char* end() const { return Buf.Data ? &Buf.back() : EmptyString; } // Buf is zero-terminated, so end() will point on the zero-terminator int size() const { return Buf.Size ? Buf.Size - 1 : 0; } bool empty() const { return Buf.Size <= 1; } void clear() { Buf.clear(); } + void resize(int size) { if (Buf.Size > size) Buf.Data[size] = 0; Buf.resize(size ? size + 1 : 0, 0); } // Similar to resize(0) on ImVector: empty string but don't free buffer. void reserve(int capacity) { Buf.reserve(capacity); } const char* c_str() const { return Buf.Data ? Buf.Data : EmptyString; } IMGUI_API void append(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); @@ -3287,7 +3304,7 @@ struct ImDrawList // General polygon // - Only simple polygons are supported by filling functions (no self-intersections, no holes). - // - Concave polygon fill is more expensive than convex one: it has O(N^2) complexity. Provided as a convenience fo user but not used by main library. + // - Concave polygon fill is more expensive than convex one: it has O(N^2) complexity. Provided as a convenience for the user but not used by the main library. IMGUI_API void AddPolyline(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col, ImDrawFlags flags, float thickness); IMGUI_API void AddConvexPolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); IMGUI_API void AddConcavePolyFilled(const ImVec2* points, int num_points, ImU32 col); @@ -3413,11 +3430,12 @@ struct ImFontConfig int OversampleH; // 0 (2) // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. 0 == auto == 1 or 2 depending on size. Note the difference between 2 and 3 is minimal. You can reduce this to 1 for large glyphs save memory. Read https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/tests/oversample/README.md for details. int OversampleV; // 0 (1) // Rasterize at higher quality for sub-pixel positioning. 0 == auto == 1. This is not really useful as we don't use sub-pixel positions on the Y axis. float SizePixels; // // Size in pixels for rasterizer (more or less maps to the resulting font height). - ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs when rendered: essentially add to glyph->AdvanceX. Only X axis is supported for now. + //ImVec2 GlyphExtraSpacing; // 0, 0 // (REMOVED IN 1.91.9: use GlyphExtraAdvanceX) ImVec2 GlyphOffset; // 0, 0 // Offset all glyphs from this font input. const ImWchar* GlyphRanges; // NULL // THE ARRAY DATA NEEDS TO PERSIST AS LONG AS THE FONT IS ALIVE. Pointer to a user-provided list of Unicode range (2 value per range, values are inclusive, zero-terminated list). float GlyphMinAdvanceX; // 0 // Minimum AdvanceX for glyphs, set Min to align font icons, set both Min/Max to enforce mono-space font float GlyphMaxAdvanceX; // FLT_MAX // Maximum AdvanceX for glyphs + float GlyphExtraAdvanceX; // 0 // Extra spacing (in pixels) between glyphs. Please contact us if you are using this. unsigned int FontBuilderFlags; // 0 // Settings for custom font builder. THIS IS BUILDER IMPLEMENTATION DEPENDENT. Leave as zero if unsure. float RasterizerMultiply; // 1.0f // Linearly brighten (>1.0f) or darken (<1.0f) font output. Brightening small fonts may be a good workaround to make them more readable. This is a silly thing we may remove in the future. float RasterizerDensity; // 1.0f // DPI scale for rasterization, not altering other font metrics: make it easy to swap between e.g. a 100% and a 400% fonts for a zooming display. IMPORTANT: If you increase this it is expected that you increase font scale accordingly, otherwise quality may look lowered. @@ -3437,7 +3455,7 @@ struct ImFontGlyph unsigned int Colored : 1; // Flag to indicate glyph is colored and should generally ignore tinting (make it usable with no shift on little-endian as this is used in loops) unsigned int Visible : 1; // Flag to indicate glyph has no visible pixels (e.g. space). Allow early out when rendering. unsigned int Codepoint : 30; // 0x0000..0x10FFFF - float AdvanceX; // Distance to next character (= data from font + ImFontConfig::GlyphExtraSpacing.x baked in) + float AdvanceX; // Horizontal distance to advance layout with float X0, Y0, X1, Y1; // Glyph corners float U0, V0, U1, V1; // Texture coordinates }; @@ -3562,12 +3580,12 @@ struct ImFontAtlas // [Internal] IMGUI_API void CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* out_uv_min, ImVec2* out_uv_max) const; - IMGUI_API bool GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]); //------------------------------------------- // Members //------------------------------------------- + // Input ImFontAtlasFlags Flags; // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_) ImTextureID TexID; // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure. int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height. @@ -3587,7 +3605,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas ImVec2 TexUvWhitePixel; // Texture coordinates to a white pixel ImVector Fonts; // Hold all the fonts returned by AddFont*. Fonts[0] is the default font upon calling ImGui::NewFrame(), use ImGui::PushFont()/PopFont() to change the current font. ImVector CustomRects; // Rectangles for packing custom texture data into the atlas. - ImVector ConfigData; // Configuration data + ImVector Sources; // Source/configuration data ImVec4 TexUvLines[IM_DRAWLIST_TEX_LINES_WIDTH_MAX + 1]; // UVs for baked anti-aliased lines // [Internal] Font builder @@ -3599,8 +3617,8 @@ struct ImFontAtlas int PackIdLines; // Custom texture rectangle ID for baked anti-aliased lines // [Obsolete] - //typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect CustomRect; // OBSOLETED in 1.72+ - //typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+ + //typedef ImFontAtlasCustomRect CustomRect; // OBSOLETED in 1.72+ + //typedef ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder GlyphRangesBuilder; // OBSOLETED in 1.67+ }; // Font runtime data and rendering @@ -3615,13 +3633,13 @@ struct ImFont // [Internal] Members: Hot ~28/40 bytes (for RenderText loop) ImVector IndexLookup; // 12-16 // out // Sparse. Index glyphs by Unicode code-point. ImVector Glyphs; // 12-16 // out // All glyphs. - const ImFontGlyph* FallbackGlyph; // 4-8 // out // = FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar) + ImFontGlyph* FallbackGlyph; // 4-8 // out // = FindGlyph(FontFallbackChar) // [Internal] Members: Cold ~32/40 bytes - // Conceptually ConfigData[] is the list of font sources merged to create this font. + // Conceptually Sources[] is the list of font sources merged to create this font. ImFontAtlas* ContainerAtlas; // 4-8 // out // What we has been loaded into - const ImFontConfig* ConfigData; // 4-8 // in // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->ConfigData to ConfigDataCount instances - short ConfigDataCount; // 2 // in // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Usually 1, or >1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont. + ImFontConfig* Sources; // 4-8 // in // Pointer within ContainerAtlas->Sources[], to SourcesCount instances + short SourcesCount; // 2 // in // Number of ImFontConfig involved in creating this font. Usually 1, or >1 when merging multiple font sources into one ImFont. short EllipsisCharCount; // 1 // out // 1 or 3 ImWchar EllipsisChar; // 2-4 // out // Character used for ellipsis rendering ('...'). ImWchar FallbackChar; // 2-4 // out // Character used if a glyph isn't found (U+FFFD, '?') @@ -3636,12 +3654,13 @@ struct ImFont // Methods IMGUI_API ImFont(); IMGUI_API ~ImFont(); - IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyph(ImWchar c); - IMGUI_API const ImFontGlyph*FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c); + IMGUI_API ImFontGlyph* FindGlyph(ImWchar c); + IMGUI_API ImFontGlyph* FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c); float GetCharAdvance(ImWchar c) { return ((int)c < IndexAdvanceX.Size) ? IndexAdvanceX[(int)c] : FallbackAdvanceX; } bool IsLoaded() const { return ContainerAtlas != NULL; } - const char* GetDebugName() const { return ConfigData ? ConfigData->Name : ""; } + const char* GetDebugName() const { return Sources ? Sources->Name : ""; } + // [Internal] Don't use! // 'max_width' stops rendering after a certain width (could be turned into a 2d size). FLT_MAX to disable. // 'wrap_width' enable automatic word-wrapping across multiple lines to fit into given width. 0.0f to disable. IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end = NULL, const char** remaining = NULL); // utf8 @@ -3655,7 +3674,6 @@ struct ImFont IMGUI_API void GrowIndex(int new_size); IMGUI_API void AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* src_cfg, ImWchar c, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x); IMGUI_API void AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst = true); // Makes 'dst' character/glyph points to 'src' character/glyph. Currently needs to be called AFTER fonts have been built. - IMGUI_API void SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible); IMGUI_API bool IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last); }; @@ -3711,8 +3729,8 @@ struct ImGuiViewport // The library never uses those fields, they are merely storage to facilitate backend implementation. void* RendererUserData; // void* to hold custom data structure for the renderer (e.g. swap chain, framebuffers etc.). generally set by your Renderer_CreateWindow function. void* PlatformUserData; // void* to hold custom data structure for the OS / platform (e.g. windowing info, render context). generally set by your Platform_CreateWindow function. - void* PlatformHandle; // void* to hold higher-level, platform window handle (e.g. HWND, GLFWWindow*, SDL_Window*), for FindViewportByPlatformHandle(). - void* PlatformHandleRaw; // void* to hold lower-level, platform-native window handle (under Win32 this is expected to be a HWND, unused for other platforms), when using an abstraction layer like GLFW or SDL (where PlatformHandle would be a SDL_Window*) + void* PlatformHandle; // void* to hold higher-level, platform window handle (e.g. HWND for Win32 backend, Uint32 WindowID for SDL, GLFWWindow* for GLFW), for FindViewportByPlatformHandle(). + void* PlatformHandleRaw; // void* to hold lower-level, platform-native window handle (always HWND on Win32 platform, unused for other platforms). bool PlatformWindowCreated; // Platform window has been created (Platform_CreateWindow() has been called). This is false during the first frame where a viewport is being created. bool PlatformRequestMove; // Platform window requested move (e.g. window was moved by the OS / host window manager, authoritative position will be OS window position) bool PlatformRequestResize; // Platform window requested resize (e.g. window was resized by the OS / host window manager, authoritative size will be OS window size) @@ -3782,7 +3800,7 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformIO IMGUI_API ImGuiPlatformIO(); //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Interface with OS and Platform backend (basic) + // Input - Interface with OS and Platform backend (most common stuff) //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Optional: Access OS clipboard @@ -3792,7 +3810,7 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformIO void* Platform_ClipboardUserData; // Optional: Open link/folder/file in OS Shell - // (default to use ShellExecuteA() on Windows, system() on Linux/Mac) + // (default to use ShellExecuteW() on Windows, system() on Linux/Mac) bool (*Platform_OpenInShellFn)(ImGuiContext* ctx, const char* path); void* Platform_OpenInShellUserData; @@ -3807,14 +3825,14 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformIO ImWchar Platform_LocaleDecimalPoint; // '.' //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Interface with Renderer Backend + // Input - Interface with Renderer Backend //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Written by some backends during ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderDrawData() call to point backend_specific ImGui_ImplXXXX_RenderState* structure. void* Renderer_RenderState; //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Input - Interface with OS/backends (Multi-Viewport support!) + // Input - Interface with Platform & Renderer backends for Multi-Viewport support //------------------------------------------------------------------ // For reference, the second column shows which function are generally calling the Platform Functions: @@ -3868,7 +3886,7 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformIO // Viewports list (the list is updated by calling ImGui::EndFrame or ImGui::Render) // (in the future we will attempt to organize this feature to remove the need for a "main viewport") - ImVector Viewports; // Main viewports, followed by all secondary viewports. + ImVector Viewports; // Main viewports, followed by all secondary viewports. }; // (Optional) This is required when enabling multi-viewport. Represent the bounds of each connected monitor/display and their DPI. @@ -3885,11 +3903,11 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformMonitor // (Optional) Support for IME (Input Method Editor) via the platform_io.Platform_SetImeDataFn() function. struct ImGuiPlatformImeData { - bool WantVisible; // A widget wants the IME to be visible - ImVec2 InputPos; // Position of the input cursor - float InputLineHeight; // Line height + bool WantVisible; // A widget wants the IME to be visible + ImVec2 InputPos; // Position of the input cursor + float InputLineHeight; // Line height - ImGuiPlatformImeData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + ImGuiPlatformImeData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -3901,6 +3919,8 @@ struct ImGuiPlatformImeData #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS namespace ImGui { + // OBSOLETED in 1.91.9 (from February 2025) + IMGUI_API void Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col); // <-- border_col was removed in favor of ImGuiCol_ImageBorder. // OBSOLETED in 1.91.0 (from July 2024) static inline void PushButtonRepeat(bool repeat) { PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat, repeat); } static inline void PopButtonRepeat() { PopItemFlag(); } diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_demo.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_demo.cpp index 2f6e2cd07..a969ae4c3 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_demo.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_demo.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.91.8 +// dear imgui, v1.91.9 // (demo code) // Help: @@ -70,15 +70,38 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Forward Declarations // [SECTION] Helpers -// [SECTION] Helpers: ExampleTreeNode, ExampleMemberInfo (for use by Property Editor & Multi-Select demos) // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() -// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMenuBar() -// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowWidgets() -// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect() -// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowLayout() -// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowPopups() -// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowTables() -// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowInputs() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowMenuBar() +// [SECTION] Helpers: ExampleTreeNode, ExampleMemberInfo (for use by Property Editor & Multi-Select demos) +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsBasic() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsBullets() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsCollapsingHeaders() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsComboBoxes() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsColorAndPickers() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsDataTypes() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsDisableBlocks() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsDragAndDrop() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsDragsAndSliders() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsImages() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsListBoxes() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsMultiComponents() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsPlotting() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsProgressBars() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsQueryingStatuses() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsSelectables() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsSelectionAndMultiSelect() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsTabs() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsText() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsTextFilter() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsTextInput() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsTooltips() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsTreeNodes() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsVerticalSliders() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgets() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowLayout() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowPopups() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowTables() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowInputs() // [SECTION] About Window / ShowAboutWindow() // [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() // [SECTION] User Guide / ShowUserGuide() @@ -137,6 +160,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations" // warning: 'xx' is deprecated: The POSIX name for this.. // for strdup used in demo code (so user can copy & paste the code) #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wint-to-void-pointer-cast" // warning: cast to 'void *' from smaller integer type +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat" // warning: format specifies type 'int' but the argument has type 'unsigned int' #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-security" // warning: format string is not a string literal #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wexit-time-destructors" // warning: declaration requires an exit-time destructor // exit-time destruction order is undefined. if MemFree() leads to users code that has been disabled before exit it might cause problems. ImGui coding style welcomes static/globals. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning: macro is not used // we define snprintf/vsnprintf on Windows so they are available, but not always used. @@ -145,6 +169,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wreserved-id-macro" // warning: macro name is a reserved identifier #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch-default" // warning: 'switch' missing 'default' label #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating-point with '==' or '!=' is unsafe @@ -227,14 +252,18 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile(); // We split the contents of the big ShowDemoWindow() function into smaller functions // (because the link time of very large functions tends to grow non-linearly) -static void ShowDemoWindowMenuBar(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); -static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); -static void ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); -static void ShowDemoWindowLayout(); -static void ShowDemoWindowPopups(); -static void ShowDemoWindowTables(); -static void ShowDemoWindowColumns(); -static void ShowDemoWindowInputs(); +static void DemoWindowMenuBar(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); +static void DemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data); +static void DemoWindowLayout(); +static void DemoWindowPopups(); +static void DemoWindowTables(); +static void DemoWindowColumns(); +static void DemoWindowInputs(); + +// Helper tree functions used by Property Editor & Multi-Select demos +struct ExampleTreeNode; +static ExampleTreeNode* ExampleTree_CreateNode(const char* name, int uid, ExampleTreeNode* parent); +static void ExampleTree_DestroyNode(ExampleTreeNode* node); //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Helpers @@ -272,97 +301,6 @@ ImGuiDemoMarkerCallback GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback = NULL; void* GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData = NULL; #define IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER(section) do { if (GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback != NULL) GImGuiDemoMarkerCallback(__FILE__, __LINE__, section, GImGuiDemoMarkerCallbackUserData); } while (0) -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Helpers: ExampleTreeNode, ExampleMemberInfo (for use by Property Editor etc.) -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -// Simple representation for a tree -// (this is designed to be simple to understand for our demos, not to be fancy or efficient etc.) -struct ExampleTreeNode -{ - // Tree structure - char Name[28] = ""; - int UID = 0; - ExampleTreeNode* Parent = NULL; - ImVector Childs; - unsigned short IndexInParent = 0; // Maintaining this allows us to implement linear traversal more easily - - // Leaf Data - bool HasData = false; // All leaves have data - bool DataMyBool = true; - int DataMyInt = 128; - ImVec2 DataMyVec2 = ImVec2(0.0f, 3.141592f); -}; - -// Simple representation of struct metadata/serialization data. -// (this is a minimal version of what a typical advanced application may provide) -struct ExampleMemberInfo -{ - const char* Name; // Member name - ImGuiDataType DataType; // Member type - int DataCount; // Member count (1 when scalar) - int Offset; // Offset inside parent structure -}; - -// Metadata description of ExampleTreeNode struct. -static const ExampleMemberInfo ExampleTreeNodeMemberInfos[] -{ - { "MyName", ImGuiDataType_String, 1, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, Name) }, - { "MyBool", ImGuiDataType_Bool, 1, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyBool) }, - { "MyInt", ImGuiDataType_S32, 1, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyInt) }, - { "MyVec2", ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyVec2) }, -}; - -static ExampleTreeNode* ExampleTree_CreateNode(const char* name, int uid, ExampleTreeNode* parent) -{ - ExampleTreeNode* node = IM_NEW(ExampleTreeNode); - snprintf(node->Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(node->Name), "%s", name); - node->UID = uid; - node->Parent = parent; - node->IndexInParent = parent ? (unsigned short)parent->Childs.Size : 0; - if (parent) - parent->Childs.push_back(node); - return node; -} - -static void ExampleTree_DestroyNode(ExampleTreeNode* node) -{ - for (ExampleTreeNode* child_node : node->Childs) - ExampleTree_DestroyNode(child_node); - IM_DELETE(node); -} - -// Create example tree data -// (this allocates _many_ more times than most other code in either Dear ImGui or others demo) -static ExampleTreeNode* ExampleTree_CreateDemoTree() -{ - static const char* root_names[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pear", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" }; - const size_t NAME_MAX_LEN = sizeof(ExampleTreeNode::Name); - char name_buf[NAME_MAX_LEN]; - int uid = 0; - ExampleTreeNode* node_L0 = ExampleTree_CreateNode("", ++uid, NULL); - const int root_items_multiplier = 2; - for (int idx_L0 = 0; idx_L0 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(root_names) * root_items_multiplier; idx_L0++) - { - snprintf(name_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name_buf), "%s %d", root_names[idx_L0 / root_items_multiplier], idx_L0 % root_items_multiplier); - ExampleTreeNode* node_L1 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L0); - const int number_of_childs = (int)strlen(node_L1->Name); - for (int idx_L1 = 0; idx_L1 < number_of_childs; idx_L1++) - { - snprintf(name_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name_buf), "Child %d", idx_L1); - ExampleTreeNode* node_L2 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L1); - node_L2->HasData = true; - if (idx_L1 == 0) - { - snprintf(name_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name_buf), "Sub-child %d", 0); - ExampleTreeNode* node_L3 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L2); - node_L3->HasData = true; - } - } - } - return node_L0; -} - //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -395,6 +333,7 @@ struct ImGuiDemoWindowData bool ShowAbout = false; // Other data + bool DisableSections = false; ExampleTreeNode* DemoTree = NULL; ~ImGuiDemoWindowData() { if (DemoTree) ExampleTree_DestroyNode(DemoTree); } @@ -491,7 +430,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) //ImGui::PushItemWidth(-ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.35f); // e.g. Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (right align) // Menu Bar - ShowDemoWindowMenuBar(&demo_data); + DemoWindowMenuBar(&demo_data); ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello! (%s) (%d)", IMGUI_VERSION, IMGUI_VERSION_NUM); ImGui::Spacing(); @@ -638,7 +577,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) "- Error recovery is not perfect nor guaranteed! It is a feature to ease development.\n" "- You not are not supposed to rely on it in the course of a normal application run.\n" "- Possible usage: facilitate recovery from errors triggered from a scripting language or after specific exceptions handlers.\n" - "- Always ensure that on programmers seat you have at minimum Asserts or Tooltips enabled when making direct imgui API call!" + "- Always ensure that on programmers seat you have at minimum Asserts or Tooltips enabled when making direct imgui API call! " "Otherwise it would severely hinder your ability to catch and correct mistakes!"); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert", &io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableAssert); ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog", &io.ConfigErrorRecoveryEnableDebugLog); @@ -742,11 +681,11 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) } // All demo contents - ShowDemoWindowWidgets(&demo_data); - ShowDemoWindowLayout(); - ShowDemoWindowPopups(); - ShowDemoWindowTables(); - ShowDemoWindowInputs(); + DemoWindowWidgets(&demo_data); + DemoWindowLayout(); + DemoWindowPopups(); + DemoWindowTables(); + DemoWindowInputs(); // End of ShowDemoWindow() ImGui::PopItemWidth(); @@ -754,10 +693,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMenuBar() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowMenuBar() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static void ShowDemoWindowMenuBar(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) +static void DemoWindowMenuBar(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Menu"); if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) @@ -830,20 +769,102 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMenuBar(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowWidgets() +// [SECTION] Helpers: ExampleTreeNode, ExampleMemberInfo (for use by Property Editor & Multi-Select demos) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) +// Simple representation for a tree +// (this is designed to be simple to understand for our demos, not to be fancy or efficient etc.) +struct ExampleTreeNode { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets"); - //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); - if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets")) - return; + // Tree structure + char Name[28] = ""; + int UID = 0; + ExampleTreeNode* Parent = NULL; + ImVector Childs; + unsigned short IndexInParent = 0; // Maintaining this allows us to implement linear traversal more easily - static bool disable_all = false; // The Checkbox for that is inside the "Disabled" section at the bottom - if (disable_all) - ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + // Leaf Data + bool HasData = false; // All leaves have data + bool DataMyBool = true; + int DataMyInt = 128; + ImVec2 DataMyVec2 = ImVec2(0.0f, 3.141592f); +}; +// Simple representation of struct metadata/serialization data. +// (this is a minimal version of what a typical advanced application may provide) +struct ExampleMemberInfo +{ + const char* Name; // Member name + ImGuiDataType DataType; // Member type + int DataCount; // Member count (1 when scalar) + int Offset; // Offset inside parent structure +}; + +// Metadata description of ExampleTreeNode struct. +static const ExampleMemberInfo ExampleTreeNodeMemberInfos[] +{ + { "MyName", ImGuiDataType_String, 1, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, Name) }, + { "MyBool", ImGuiDataType_Bool, 1, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyBool) }, + { "MyInt", ImGuiDataType_S32, 1, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyInt) }, + { "MyVec2", ImGuiDataType_Float, 2, offsetof(ExampleTreeNode, DataMyVec2) }, +}; + +static ExampleTreeNode* ExampleTree_CreateNode(const char* name, int uid, ExampleTreeNode* parent) +{ + ExampleTreeNode* node = IM_NEW(ExampleTreeNode); + snprintf(node->Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(node->Name), "%s", name); + node->UID = uid; + node->Parent = parent; + node->IndexInParent = parent ? (unsigned short)parent->Childs.Size : 0; + if (parent) + parent->Childs.push_back(node); + return node; +} + +static void ExampleTree_DestroyNode(ExampleTreeNode* node) +{ + for (ExampleTreeNode* child_node : node->Childs) + ExampleTree_DestroyNode(child_node); + IM_DELETE(node); +} + +// Create example tree data +// (this allocates _many_ more times than most other code in either Dear ImGui or others demo) +static ExampleTreeNode* ExampleTree_CreateDemoTree() +{ + static const char* root_names[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi", "Mango", "Orange", "Pear", "Pineapple", "Strawberry", "Watermelon" }; + const size_t NAME_MAX_LEN = sizeof(ExampleTreeNode::Name); + char name_buf[NAME_MAX_LEN]; + int uid = 0; + ExampleTreeNode* node_L0 = ExampleTree_CreateNode("", ++uid, NULL); + const int root_items_multiplier = 2; + for (int idx_L0 = 0; idx_L0 < IM_ARRAYSIZE(root_names) * root_items_multiplier; idx_L0++) + { + snprintf(name_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name_buf), "%s %d", root_names[idx_L0 / root_items_multiplier], idx_L0 % root_items_multiplier); + ExampleTreeNode* node_L1 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L0); + const int number_of_childs = (int)strlen(node_L1->Name); + for (int idx_L1 = 0; idx_L1 < number_of_childs; idx_L1++) + { + snprintf(name_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name_buf), "Child %d", idx_L1); + ExampleTreeNode* node_L2 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L1); + node_L2->HasData = true; + if (idx_L1 == 0) + { + snprintf(name_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name_buf), "Sub-child %d", 0); + ExampleTreeNode* node_L3 = ExampleTree_CreateNode(name_buf, ++uid, node_L2); + node_L3->HasData = true; + } + } + } + return node_L0; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsBasic() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsBasic() +{ IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Basic"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) { @@ -921,8 +942,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) "Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" "CTRL+A or Double-Click to select all.\n" - "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" - "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" + "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V for clipboard.\n" + "CTRL+Z to undo, CTRL+Y/CTRL+SHIFT+Z to redo.\n" "ESCAPE to revert.\n\n" "PROGRAMMER:\n" "You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputText() " @@ -1039,233 +1060,44 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) "Refer to the \"List boxes\" section below for an explanation of how to use the more flexible and general BeginListBox/EndListBox API."); } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tooltips"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tooltips")) - { - // Tooltips are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. - ImGui::SeparatorText("General"); - - // Typical use cases: - // - Short-form (text only): SetItemTooltip("Hello"); - // - Short-form (any contents): if (BeginItemTooltip()) { Text("Hello"); EndTooltip(); } - - // - Full-form (text only): if (IsItemHovered(...)) { SetTooltip("Hello"); } - // - Full-form (any contents): if (IsItemHovered(...) && BeginTooltip()) { Text("Hello"); EndTooltip(); } - - HelpMarker( - "Tooltip are typically created by using a IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence.\n\n" - "We provide a helper SetItemTooltip() function to perform the two with standards flags."); - - ImVec2 sz = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f); - - ImGui::Button("Basic", sz); - ImGui::SetItemTooltip("I am a tooltip"); - - ImGui::Button("Fancy", sz); - if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) - { - ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); - static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; - ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); - ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime())); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } - - ImGui::SeparatorText("Always On"); - - // Showcase NOT relying on a IsItemHovered() to emit a tooltip. - // Here the tooltip is always emitted when 'always_on == true'. - static int always_on = 0; - ImGui::RadioButton("Off", &always_on, 0); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::RadioButton("Always On (Simple)", &always_on, 1); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::RadioButton("Always On (Advanced)", &always_on, 2); - if (always_on == 1) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am following you around."); - else if (always_on == 2 && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) - { - ImGui::ProgressBar(sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime()) * 0.5f + 0.5f, ImVec2(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 25, 0.0f)); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } - - ImGui::SeparatorText("Custom"); - - HelpMarker( - "Passing ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to IsItemHovered() is the preferred way to standardize" - "tooltip activation details across your application. You may however decide to use custom" - "flags for a specific tooltip instance."); - - // The following examples are passed for documentation purpose but may not be useful to most users. - // Passing ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to IsItemHovered() will pull ImGuiHoveredFlags flags values from - // 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on whether mouse or keyboard/gamepad is being used. - // With default settings, ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip is equivalent to ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort + ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary. - ImGui::Button("Manual", sz); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a manually emitted tooltip."); - - ImGui::Button("DelayNone", sz); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone)) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with no delay."); - - ImGui::Button("DelayShort", sz); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay)) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a short delay (%0.2f sec).", ImGui::GetStyle().HoverDelayShort); - - ImGui::Button("DelayLong", sz); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay)) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a long delay (%0.2f sec).", ImGui::GetStyle().HoverDelayNormal); - - ImGui::Button("Stationary", sz); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary)) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip requiring mouse to be stationary before activating."); - - // Using ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip will pull flags from 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav', - // which default value include the ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled flag. - ImGui::BeginDisabled(); - ImGui::Button("Disabled item", sz); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) - ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a a tooltip for a disabled item."); - ImGui::EndDisabled(); + // Testing ImGuiOnceUponAFrame helper. + //static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame once; + //for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) + // if (once) + // ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once."); ImGui::TreePop(); } +} - // Testing ImGuiOnceUponAFrame helper. - //static ImGuiOnceUponAFrame once; - //for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) - // if (once) - // ImGui::Text("This will be displayed only once."); +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsBullets() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree Nodes")) +static void DemoWindowWidgetsBullets() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Bullets"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bullets")) { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Basic trees"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees")) + ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 1"); + ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 2\nOn multiple lines"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree node")) { - for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) - { - // Use SetNextItemOpen() so set the default state of a node to be open. We could - // also use TreeNodeEx() with the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen flag to achieve the same thing! - if (i == 0) - ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); - - // Here we use PushID() to generate a unique base ID, and then the "" used as TreeNode id won't conflict. - // An alternative to using 'PushID() + TreeNode("", ...)' to generate a unique ID is to use 'TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, ...)', - // aka generate a dummy pointer-sized value to be hashed. The demo below uses that technique. Both are fine. - ImGui::PushID(i); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("", "Child %d", i)) - { - ImGui::Text("blah blah"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {} - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Advanced, with Selectable nodes"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes")) - { - HelpMarker( - "This is a more typical looking tree with selectable nodes.\n" - "Click to select, CTRL+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open."); - static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags base_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth; - static bool align_label_with_current_x_position = false; - static bool test_drag_and_drop = false; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Extend hit area to all available width instead of allowing more items to be laid out after the node."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanLabelWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanLabelWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Reduce hit area to the text label and a bit of margin."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("For use in Tables only."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader)"); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere); - ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position", &align_label_with_current_x_position); - ImGui::Checkbox("Test tree node as drag source", &test_drag_and_drop); - ImGui::Text("Hello!"); - if (align_label_with_current_x_position) - ImGui::Unindent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); - - // 'selection_mask' is dumb representation of what may be user-side selection state. - // You may retain selection state inside or outside your objects in whatever format you see fit. - // 'node_clicked' is temporary storage of what node we have clicked to process selection at the end - /// of the loop. May be a pointer to your own node type, etc. - static int selection_mask = (1 << 2); - int node_clicked = -1; - for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) - { - // Disable the default "open on single-click behavior" + set Selected flag according to our selection. - // To alter selection we use IsItemClicked() && !IsItemToggledOpen(), so clicking on an arrow doesn't alter selection. - ImGuiTreeNodeFlags node_flags = base_flags; - const bool is_selected = (selection_mask & (1 << i)) != 0; - if (is_selected) - node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected; - if (i < 3) - { - // Items 0..2 are Tree Node - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Node %d", i); - if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()) - node_clicked = i; - if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) - { - ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0); - ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source"); - ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); - } - if (i == 2 && (base_flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanLabelWidth)) - { - // Item 2 has an additional inline button to help demonstrate SpanLabelWidth. - ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {} - } - if (node_open) - { - ImGui::BulletText("Blah blah\nBlah Blah"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SmallButton("Button"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - } - else - { - // Items 3..5 are Tree Leaves - // The only reason we use TreeNode at all is to allow selection of the leaf. Otherwise we can - // use BulletText() or advance the cursor by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() and call Text(). - node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen; // ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet - ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Leaf %d", i); - if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()) - node_clicked = i; - if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) - { - ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0); - ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source"); - ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); - } - } - } - if (node_clicked != -1) - { - // Update selection state - // (process outside of tree loop to avoid visual inconsistencies during the clicking frame) - if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) - selection_mask ^= (1 << node_clicked); // CTRL+click to toggle - else //if (!(selection_mask & (1 << node_clicked))) // Depending on selection behavior you want, may want to preserve selection when clicking on item that is part of the selection - selection_mask = (1 << node_clicked); // Click to single-select - } - if (align_label_with_current_x_position) - ImGui::Indent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + ImGui::BulletText("Another bullet point"); ImGui::TreePop(); } + ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Text("Bullet point 3 (two calls)"); + ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::SmallButton("Button"); ImGui::TreePop(); } +} +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsCollapsingHeaders() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsCollapsingHeaders() +{ IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Collapsing Headers"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Collapsing Headers")) { @@ -1289,890 +1121,14 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) */ ImGui::TreePop(); } +} - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Bullets"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Bullets")) - { - ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 1"); - ImGui::BulletText("Bullet point 2\nOn multiple lines"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree node")) - { - ImGui::BulletText("Another bullet point"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::Text("Bullet point 3 (two calls)"); - ImGui::Bullet(); ImGui::SmallButton("Button"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text")) - { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/Colored Text"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colorful Text")) - { - // Using shortcut. You can use PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() for more flexibility. - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f), "Pink"); - ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f), "Yellow"); - ImGui::TextDisabled("Disabled"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The TextDisabled color is stored in ImGuiStyle."); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/Word Wrapping"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word Wrapping")) - { - // Using shortcut. You can use PushTextWrapPos()/PopTextWrapPos() for more flexibility. - ImGui::TextWrapped( - "This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the window. The current implementation " - "for text wrapping follows simple rules suitable for English and possibly other languages."); - ImGui::Spacing(); - - static float wrap_width = 200.0f; - ImGui::SliderFloat("Wrap width", &wrap_width, -20, 600, "%.0f"); - - ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); - for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) - { - ImGui::Text("Test paragraph %d:", n); - ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImVec2 marker_min = ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y); - ImVec2 marker_max = ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()); - ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width); - if (n == 0) - ImGui::Text("The lazy dog is a good dog. This paragraph should fit within %.0f pixels. Testing a 1 character word. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.", wrap_width); - else - ImGui::Text("aaaaaaaa bbbbbbbb, c cccccccc,dddddddd. d eeeeeeee ffffffff. gggggggg!hhhhhhhh"); - - // Draw actual text bounding box, following by marker of our expected limit (should not overlap!) - draw_list->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(marker_min, marker_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); - ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/UTF-8 Text"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("UTF-8 Text")) - { - // UTF-8 test with Japanese characters - // (Needs a suitable font? Try "Google Noto" or "Arial Unicode". See docs/FONTS.md for details.) - // - From C++11 you can use the u8"my text" syntax to encode literal strings as UTF-8 - // - For earlier compiler, you may be able to encode your sources as UTF-8 (e.g. in Visual Studio, you - // can save your source files as 'UTF-8 without signature'). - // - FOR THIS DEMO FILE ONLY, BECAUSE WE WANT TO SUPPORT OLD COMPILERS, WE ARE *NOT* INCLUDING RAW UTF-8 - // CHARACTERS IN THIS SOURCE FILE. Instead we are encoding a few strings with hexadecimal constants. - // Don't do this in your application! Please use u8"text in any language" in your application! - // Note that characters values are preserved even by InputText() if the font cannot be displayed, - // so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application. - ImGui::TextWrapped( - "CJK text will only appear if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. " - "Call io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. " - "Read docs/FONTS.md for details."); - ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); - ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)"); - static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e"; - //static char buf[32] = u8"NIHONGO"; // <- this is how you would write it with C++11, using real kanjis - ImGui::InputText("UTF-8 input", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Images")) - { - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - ImGui::TextWrapped( - "Below we are displaying the font texture (which is the only texture we have access to in this demo). " - "Use the 'ImTextureID' type as storage to pass pointers or identifier to your own texture data. " - "Hover the texture for a zoomed view!"); - - // Below we are displaying the font texture because it is the only texture we have access to inside the demo! - // Remember that ImTextureID is just storage for whatever you want it to be. It is essentially a value that - // will be passed to the rendering backend via the ImDrawCmd structure. - // If you use one of the default imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp rendering backend, they all have comments at the top - // of their respective source file to specify what they expect to be stored in ImTextureID, for example: - // - The imgui_impl_dx11.cpp renderer expect a 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' pointer - // - The imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp renderer expect a GLuint OpenGL texture identifier, etc. - // More: - // - If you decided that ImTextureID = MyEngineTexture*, then you can pass your MyEngineTexture* pointers - // to ImGui::Image(), and gather width/height through your own functions, etc. - // - You can use ShowMetricsWindow() to inspect the draw data that are being passed to your renderer, - // it will help you debug issues if you are confused about it. - // - Consider using the lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() API, via ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddImage(). - // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md - // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples - ImTextureID my_tex_id = io.Fonts->TexID; - float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexWidth; - float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexHeight; - { - static bool use_text_color_for_tint = false; - ImGui::Checkbox("Use Text Color for Tint", &use_text_color_for_tint); - ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h); - ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - ImVec2 uv_min = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Top-left - ImVec2 uv_max = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // Lower-right - ImVec4 tint_col = use_text_color_for_tint ? ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Text) : ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint - ImVec4 border_col = ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol_Border); - ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, tint_col, border_col); - if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) - { - float region_sz = 32.0f; - float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f; - float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f; - float zoom = 4.0f; - if (region_x < 0.0f) { region_x = 0.0f; } - else if (region_x > my_tex_w - region_sz) { region_x = my_tex_w - region_sz; } - if (region_y < 0.0f) { region_y = 0.0f; } - else if (region_y > my_tex_h - region_sz) { region_y = my_tex_h - region_sz; } - ImGui::Text("Min: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x, region_y); - ImGui::Text("Max: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x + region_sz, region_y + region_sz); - ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((region_x) / my_tex_w, (region_y) / my_tex_h); - ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((region_x + region_sz) / my_tex_w, (region_y + region_sz) / my_tex_h); - ImGui::Image(my_tex_id, ImVec2(region_sz * zoom, region_sz * zoom), uv0, uv1, tint_col, border_col); - ImGui::EndTooltip(); - } - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images/Textured buttons"); - ImGui::TextWrapped("And now some textured buttons.."); - static int pressed_count = 0; - for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) - { - // UV coordinates are often (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f) to display an entire textures. - // Here are trying to display only a 32x32 pixels area of the texture, hence the UV computation. - // Read about UV coordinates here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples - ImGui::PushID(i); - if (i > 0) - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(i - 1.0f, i - 1.0f)); - ImVec2 size = ImVec2(32.0f, 32.0f); // Size of the image we want to make visible - ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // UV coordinates for lower-left - ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(32.0f / my_tex_w, 32.0f / my_tex_h); // UV coordinates for (32,32) in our texture - ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // Black background - ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint - if (ImGui::ImageButton("", my_tex_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col)) - pressed_count += 1; - if (i > 0) - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - ImGui::PopID(); - ImGui::SameLine(); - } - ImGui::NewLine(); - ImGui::Text("Pressed %d times.", pressed_count); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Combo"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Combo")) - { - // Combo Boxes are also called "Dropdown" in other systems - // Expose flags as checkbox for the demo - static ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only makes a difference if the popup is larger than the combo"); - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) - flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; // Clear incompatible flags - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) - flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview); // Clear incompatible flags - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview)) - flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; - - // Override default popup height - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall)) - flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall); - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular)) - flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular); - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest)) - flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest); - - // Using the generic BeginCombo() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. - // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively - // stored in the object itself, etc.) - const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; - static int item_selected_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. - - // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could technically be different contents or not pulled from items[]) - const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_selected_idx]; - - if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_preview_value, flags)) - { - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) - { - const bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) - item_selected_idx = n; - - // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) - if (is_selected) - ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); - } - ImGui::EndCombo(); - } - - ImGui::Spacing(); - ImGui::SeparatorText("One-liner variants"); - HelpMarker("Flags above don't apply to this section."); - - // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string - // This is a convenience for when the selection set is small and known at compile-time. - static int item_current_2 = 0; - ImGui::Combo("combo 2 (one-liner)", &item_current_2, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); - - // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an array of const char* - // This is not very useful (may obsolete): prefer using BeginCombo()/EndCombo() for full control. - static int item_current_3 = -1; // If the selection isn't within 0..count, Combo won't display a preview - ImGui::Combo("combo 3 (array)", &item_current_3, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); - - // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an accessor function - static int item_current_4 = 0; - ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (function)", &item_current_4, [](void* data, int n) { return ((const char**)data)[n]; }, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/List Boxes"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("List boxes")) - { - // BeginListBox() is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild()/EndChild() - // using the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label. - // You may be tempted to simply use BeginChild() directly. However note that BeginChild() requires EndChild() - // to always be called (inconsistent with BeginListBox()/EndListBox()). - - // Using the generic BeginListBox() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. - // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively - // stored in the object itself, etc.) - const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; - static int item_selected_idx = 0; // Here we store our selected data as an index. - - static bool item_highlight = false; - int item_highlighted_idx = -1; // Here we store our highlighted data as an index. - ImGui::Checkbox("Highlight hovered item in second listbox", &item_highlight); - - if (ImGui::BeginListBox("listbox 1")) - { - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) - { - const bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); - if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) - item_selected_idx = n; - - if (item_highlight && ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - item_highlighted_idx = n; - - // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) - if (is_selected) - ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); - } - ImGui::EndListBox(); - } - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we are sharing selection state between both boxes."); - - // Custom size: use all width, 5 items tall - ImGui::Text("Full-width:"); - if (ImGui::BeginListBox("##listbox 2", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 5 * ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()))) - { - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) - { - bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); - ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = (item_highlighted_idx == n) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Highlight : 0; - if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected, flags)) - item_selected_idx = n; - - // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) - if (is_selected) - ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); - } - ImGui::EndListBox(); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables"); - //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables")) - { - // Selectable() has 2 overloads: - // - The one taking "bool selected" as a read-only selection information. - // When Selectable() has been clicked it returns true and you can alter selection state accordingly. - // - The one taking "bool* p_selected" as a read-write selection information (convenient in some cases) - // The earlier is more flexible, as in real application your selection may be stored in many different ways - // and not necessarily inside a bool value (e.g. in flags within objects, as an external list, etc). - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Basic"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) - { - static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false }; - ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]); - ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]); - ImGui::Selectable("3. I am selectable", &selection[2]); - if (ImGui::Selectable("4. I am double clickable", selection[3], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) - if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) - selection[3] = !selection[3]; - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more items on the same line"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more items on the same line")) - { - // (1) Using SetNextItemAllowOverlap() - // (2) Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, the bool value is toggled automatically. - static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false }; - ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 1"); - ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 2"); - ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 3"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In Tables"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("In Tables")) - { - static bool selected[10] = {}; - - if (ImGui::BeginTable("split1", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) - { - for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) - { - char label[32]; - sprintf(label, "Item %d", i); - ImGui::TableNextColumn(); - ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i]); // FIXME-TABLE: Selection overlap - } - ImGui::EndTable(); - } - ImGui::Spacing(); - if (ImGui::BeginTable("split2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) - { - for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) - { - char label[32]; - sprintf(label, "Item %d", i); - ImGui::TableNextRow(); - ImGui::TableNextColumn(); - ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i], ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns); - ImGui::TableNextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("Some other contents"); - ImGui::TableNextColumn(); - ImGui::Text("123456"); - } - ImGui::EndTable(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Grid"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid")) - { - static char selected[4][4] = { { 1, 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 1, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 1, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0, 1 } }; - - // Add in a bit of silly fun... - const float time = (float)ImGui::GetTime(); - const bool winning_state = memchr(selected, 0, sizeof(selected)) == NULL; // If all cells are selected... - if (winning_state) - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, ImVec2(0.5f + 0.5f * cosf(time * 2.0f), 0.5f + 0.5f * sinf(time * 3.0f))); - - for (int y = 0; y < 4; y++) - for (int x = 0; x < 4; x++) - { - if (x > 0) - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(y * 4 + x); - if (ImGui::Selectable("Sailor", selected[y][x] != 0, 0, ImVec2(50, 50))) - { - // Toggle clicked cell + toggle neighbors - selected[y][x] ^= 1; - if (x > 0) { selected[y][x - 1] ^= 1; } - if (x < 3) { selected[y][x + 1] ^= 1; } - if (y > 0) { selected[y - 1][x] ^= 1; } - if (y < 3) { selected[y + 1][x] ^= 1; } - } - ImGui::PopID(); - } - - if (winning_state) - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Alignment"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Alignment")) - { - HelpMarker( - "By default, Selectables uses style.SelectableTextAlign but it can be overridden on a per-item " - "basis using PushStyleVar(). You'll probably want to always keep your default situation to " - "left-align otherwise it becomes difficult to layout multiple items on a same line"); - static bool selected[3 * 3] = { true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true }; - for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++) - { - for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++) - { - ImVec2 alignment = ImVec2((float)x / 2.0f, (float)y / 2.0f); - char name[32]; - sprintf(name, "(%.1f,%.1f)", alignment.x, alignment.y); - if (x > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, alignment); - ImGui::Selectable(name, &selected[3 * y + x], ImGuiSelectableFlags_None, ImVec2(80, 80)); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - } - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect(demo_data); - - // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, - // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file. - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Input")) - { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Multi-line Text Input"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-line Text Input")) - { - // Note: we are using a fixed-sized buffer for simplicity here. See ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize - // and the code in misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for how to setup InputText() for dynamically resizing strings. - static char text[1024 * 16] = - "/*\n" - " The Pentium F00F bug, shorthand for F0 0F C7 C8,\n" - " the hexadecimal encoding of one offending instruction,\n" - " more formally, the invalid operand with locked CMPXCHG8B\n" - " instruction bug, is a design flaw in the majority of\n" - " Intel Pentium, Pentium MMX, and Pentium OverDrive\n" - " processors (all in the P5 microarchitecture).\n" - "*/\n\n" - "label:\n" - "\tlock cmpxchg8b eax\n"; - - static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput; - HelpMarker("You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputTextMultiline() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example. (This is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp because we don't want to include in here)"); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When _AllowTabInput is set, passing through the widget with Tabbing doesn't automatically activate it, in order to also cycling through subsequent widgets."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine); - ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), flags); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Filtered Text Input"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Filtered Text Input")) - { - struct TextFilters - { - // Modify character input by altering 'data->Eventchar' (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter callback) - static int FilterCasingSwap(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) - { - if (data->EventChar >= 'a' && data->EventChar <= 'z') { data->EventChar -= 'a' - 'A'; } // Lowercase becomes uppercase - else if (data->EventChar >= 'A' && data->EventChar <= 'Z') { data->EventChar += 'a' - 'A'; } // Uppercase becomes lowercase - return 0; - } - - // Return 0 (pass) if the character is 'i' or 'm' or 'g' or 'u' or 'i', otherwise return 1 (filter out) - static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) - { - if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) - return 0; - return 1; - } - }; - - static char buf1[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 32); - static char buf2[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); - static char buf3[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); - static char buf4[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); - static char buf5[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); - static char buf6[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("casing swap", buf6, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterCasingSwap); // Use CharFilter callback to replace characters. - static char buf7[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\"", buf7, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); // Use CharFilter callback to disable some characters. - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Password input"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Password Input")) - { - static char password[64] = "password123"; - ImGui::InputText("password", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password), ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Display all characters as '*'.\nDisable clipboard cut and copy.\nDisable logging.\n"); - ImGui::InputTextWithHint("password (w/ hint)", "", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password), ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password); - ImGui::InputText("password (clear)", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password)); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Completion, History, Edit Callbacks"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Completion, History, Edit Callbacks")) - { - struct Funcs - { - static int MyCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) - { - if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) - { - data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, ".."); - } - else if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) - { - if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_UpArrow) - { - data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen); - data->InsertChars(0, "Pressed Up!"); - data->SelectAll(); - } - else if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_DownArrow) - { - data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen); - data->InsertChars(0, "Pressed Down!"); - data->SelectAll(); - } - } - else if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit) - { - // Toggle casing of first character - char c = data->Buf[0]; - if ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')) data->Buf[0] ^= 32; - data->BufDirty = true; - - // Increment a counter - int* p_int = (int*)data->UserData; - *p_int = *p_int + 1; - } - return 0; - } - }; - static char buf1[64]; - ImGui::InputText("Completion", buf1, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion, Funcs::MyCallback); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "Here we append \"..\" each time Tab is pressed. " - "See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); - - static char buf2[64]; - ImGui::InputText("History", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, Funcs::MyCallback); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "Here we replace and select text each time Up/Down are pressed. " - "See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); - - static char buf3[64]; - static int edit_count = 0; - ImGui::InputText("Edit", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit, Funcs::MyCallback, (void*)&edit_count); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edit + count edits."); - ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%d)", edit_count); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Resize Callback"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resize Callback")) - { - // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, - // you can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag + create a custom ImGui::InputText() wrapper - // using your preferred type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this using std::string. - HelpMarker( - "Using ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize to wire your custom string type to InputText().\n\n" - "See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this for std::string."); - struct Funcs - { - static int MyResizeCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) - { - if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) - { - ImVector* my_str = (ImVector*)data->UserData; - IM_ASSERT(my_str->begin() == data->Buf); - my_str->resize(data->BufSize); // NB: On resizing calls, generally data->BufSize == data->BufTextLen + 1 - data->Buf = my_str->begin(); - } - return 0; - } - - // Note: Because ImGui:: is a namespace you would typically add your own function into the namespace. - // For example, you code may declare a function 'ImGui::InputText(const char* label, MyString* my_str)' - static bool MyInputTextMultiline(const char* label, ImVector* my_str, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0) - { - IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) == 0); - return ImGui::InputTextMultiline(label, my_str->begin(), (size_t)my_str->size(), size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize, Funcs::MyResizeCallback, (void*)my_str); - } - }; - - // For this demo we are using ImVector as a string container. - // Note that because we need to store a terminating zero character, our size/capacity are 1 more - // than usually reported by a typical string class. - static ImVector my_str; - if (my_str.empty()) - my_str.push_back(0); - Funcs::MyInputTextMultiline("##MyStr", &my_str, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16)); - ImGui::Text("Data: %p\nSize: %d\nCapacity: %d", (void*)my_str.begin(), my_str.size(), my_str.capacity()); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Eliding, Alignment"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Eliding, Alignment")) - { - static char buf1[128] = "/path/to/some/folder/with/long/filename.cpp"; - static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_ElideLeft; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ElideLeft", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ElideLeft); - ImGui::InputText("Path", buf1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf1), flags); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Miscellaneous"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Miscellaneous")) - { - static char buf1[16]; - static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_UndoRedo", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_UndoRedo); - ImGui::InputText("Hello", buf1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf1), flags); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - // Tabs - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabs")) - { - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/Basic"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) - { - ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None; - if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) - { - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Avocado")) - { - ImGui::Text("This is the Avocado tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Broccoli")) - { - ImGui::Text("This is the Broccoli tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Cucumber")) - { - ImGui::Text("This is the Cucumber tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - ImGui::EndTabBar(); - } - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/Advanced & Close Button"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced & Close Button")) - { - // Expose a couple of the available flags. In most cases you may just call BeginTabBar() with no flags (0). - static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline); - if ((tab_bar_flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0) - tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_; - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) - tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown); - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) - tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); - - // Tab Bar - ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); - ImGui::Text("Opened:"); - const char* names[4] = { "Artichoke", "Beetroot", "Celery", "Daikon" }; - static bool opened[4] = { true, true, true, true }; // Persistent user state - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) - { - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Checkbox(names[n], &opened[n]); - } - - // Passing a bool* to BeginTabItem() is similar to passing one to Begin(): - // the underlying bool will be set to false when the tab is closed. - if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) - { - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) - if (opened[n] && ImGui::BeginTabItem(names[n], &opened[n], ImGuiTabItemFlags_None)) - { - ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", names[n]); - if (n & 1) - ImGui::Text("I am an odd tab."); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - ImGui::EndTabBar(); - } - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/TabItemButton & Leading-Trailing flags"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("TabItemButton & Leading/Trailing flags")) - { - static ImVector active_tabs; - static int next_tab_id = 0; - if (next_tab_id == 0) // Initialize with some default tabs - for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) - active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); - - // TabItemButton() and Leading/Trailing flags are distinct features which we will demo together. - // (It is possible to submit regular tabs with Leading/Trailing flags, or TabItemButton tabs without Leading/Trailing flags... - // but they tend to make more sense together) - static bool show_leading_button = true; - static bool show_trailing_button = true; - ImGui::Checkbox("Show Leading TabItemButton()", &show_leading_button); - ImGui::Checkbox("Show Trailing TabItemButton()", &show_trailing_button); - - // Expose some other flags which are useful to showcase how they interact with Leading/Trailing tabs - static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs | ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton); - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) - tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown); - if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) - tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); - - if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) - { - // Demo a Leading TabItemButton(): click the "?" button to open a menu - if (show_leading_button) - if (ImGui::TabItemButton("?", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) - ImGui::OpenPopup("MyHelpMenu"); - if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyHelpMenu")) - { - ImGui::Selectable("Hello!"); - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - - // Demo Trailing Tabs: click the "+" button to add a new tab. - // (In your app you may want to use a font icon instead of the "+") - // We submit it before the regular tabs, but thanks to the ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing flag it will always appear at the end. - if (show_trailing_button) - if (ImGui::TabItemButton("+", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) - active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); // Add new tab - - // Submit our regular tabs - for (int n = 0; n < active_tabs.Size; ) - { - bool open = true; - char name[16]; - snprintf(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "%04d", active_tabs[n]); - if (ImGui::BeginTabItem(name, &open, ImGuiTabItemFlags_None)) - { - ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", name); - ImGui::EndTabItem(); - } - - if (!open) - active_tabs.erase(active_tabs.Data + n); - else - n++; - } - - ImGui::EndTabBar(); - } - ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - // Plot/Graph widgets are not very good. - // Consider using a third-party library such as ImPlot: https://github.com/epezent/implot - // (see others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions) - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plotting")) - { - static bool animate = true; - ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate); - - // Plot as lines and plot as histogram - static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; - ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); - ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); - //ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Consider using ImPlot instead!"); - - // Fill an array of contiguous float values to plot - // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float - // and the sizeof() of your structure in the "stride" parameter. - static float values[90] = {}; - static int values_offset = 0; - static double refresh_time = 0.0; - if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0) - refresh_time = ImGui::GetTime(); - while (refresh_time < ImGui::GetTime()) // Create data at fixed 60 Hz rate for the demo - { - static float phase = 0.0f; - values[values_offset] = cosf(phase); - values_offset = (values_offset + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); - phase += 0.10f * values_offset; - refresh_time += 1.0f / 60.0f; - } - - // Plots can display overlay texts - // (in this example, we will display an average value) - { - float average = 0.0f; - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); n++) - average += values[n]; - average /= (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); - char overlay[32]; - sprintf(overlay, "avg %f", average); - ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), values_offset, overlay, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); - } - - // Use functions to generate output - // FIXME: This is actually VERY awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. - // We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count. - struct Funcs - { - static float Sin(void*, int i) { return sinf(i * 0.1f); } - static float Saw(void*, int i) { return (i & 1) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; } - }; - static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70; - ImGui::SeparatorText("Functions"); - ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); - ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0"); - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 400); - float (*func)(void*, int) = (func_type == 0) ? Funcs::Sin : Funcs::Saw; - ImGui::PlotLines("Lines##2", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); - ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram##2", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); - ImGui::Separator(); - - ImGui::Text("Need better plotting and graphing? Consider using ImPlot:"); - ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("https://github.com/epezent/implot"); - ImGui::Separator(); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Progress Bars"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Progress Bars")) - { - // Animate a simple progress bar - static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f; - progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime; - if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } - if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } - - // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) or ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f) to use all available width, - // or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth. - ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); - ImGui::Text("Progress Bar"); - - float progress_saturated = IM_CLAMP(progress, 0.0f, 1.0f); - char buf[32]; - sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated * 1753), 1753); - ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f), buf); - - // Pass an animated negative value, e.g. -1.0f * (float)ImGui::GetTime() is the recommended value. - // Adjust the factor if you want to adjust the animation speed. - ImGui::ProgressBar(-1.0f * (float)ImGui::GetTime(), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), "Searching.."); - ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); - ImGui::Text("Indeterminate"); - - ImGui::TreePop(); - } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsColorAndPickers() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +static void DemoWindowWidgetsColorAndPickers() +{ IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Color"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Color/Picker Widgets")) { @@ -2331,8 +1287,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) ImGui::Text("Set defaults in code:"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( "SetColorEditOptions() is designed to allow you to set boot-time default.\n" - "We don't have Push/Pop functions because you can force options on a per-widget basis if needed," - "and the user can change non-forced ones with the options menu.\nWe don't have a getter to avoid" + "We don't have Push/Pop functions because you can force options on a per-widget basis if needed, " + "and the user can change non-forced ones with the options menu.\nWe don't have a getter to avoid " "encouraging you to persistently save values that aren't forward-compatible."); if (ImGui::Button("Default: Uint8 + HSV + Hue Bar")) ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8 | ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar); @@ -2355,8 +1311,8 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) ImGui::Spacing(); ImGui::Text("HSV encoded colors"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( - "By default, colors are given to ColorEdit and ColorPicker in RGB, but ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV" - "allows you to store colors as HSV and pass them to ColorEdit and ColorPicker as HSV. This comes with the" + "By default, colors are given to ColorEdit and ColorPicker in RGB, but ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV " + "allows you to store colors as HSV and pass them to ColorEdit and ColorPicker as HSV. This comes with the " "added benefit that you can manipulate hue values with the picker even when saturation or value are zero."); ImGui::Text("Color widget with InputHSV:"); ImGui::ColorEdit4("HSV shown as RGB##1", (float*)&color_hsv, ImGuiColorEditFlags_DisplayRGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_InputHSV | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float); @@ -2365,62 +1321,111 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) ImGui::TreePop(); } +} - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Slider Flags"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag/Slider Flags")) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsComboBoxes() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsComboBoxes() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Combo"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Combo")) { - // Demonstrate using advanced flags for DragXXX and SliderXXX functions. Note that the flags are the same! - static ImGuiSliderFlags flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Clamp even if min==max==0.0f. Otherwise DragXXX functions don't clamp."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable logarithmic editing (more precision for small values)."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits)."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoSpeedTweaks", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoSpeedTweaks); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable keyboard modifiers altering tweak speed. Useful if you want to alter tweak speed yourself based on your own logic."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable wrapping around from max to min and from min to max (only supported by DragXXX() functions)"); + // Combo Boxes are also called "Dropdown" in other systems + // Expose flags as checkbox for the demo + static ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Only makes a difference if the popup is larger than the combo"); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) + flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; // Clear incompatible flags + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview); // Clear incompatible flags + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_WidthFitPreview)) + flags &= ~ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview; - // Drags - static float drag_f = 0.5f; - static int drag_i = 50; - ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", drag_f); - ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); - ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags); - ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); - ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags); - //ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> 0)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.3f", flags); // To test ClampZeroRange - //ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (100 -> 100)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 100.0f, 100.0f, "%.3f", flags); - ImGui::DragInt("DragInt (0 -> 100)", &drag_i, 0.5f, 0, 100, "%d", flags); + // Override default popup height + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest", &flags, ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest)) + flags &= ~(ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_ & ~ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLargest); - // Sliders - static float slider_f = 0.5f; - static int slider_i = 50; - const ImGuiSliderFlags flags_for_sliders = flags & ~ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround; - ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", slider_f); - ImGui::SliderFloat("SliderFloat (0 -> 1)", &slider_f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags_for_sliders); - ImGui::SliderInt("SliderInt (0 -> 100)", &slider_i, 0, 100, "%d", flags_for_sliders); + // Using the generic BeginCombo() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. + // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively + // stored in the object itself, etc.) + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; + static int item_selected_idx = 0; // Here we store our selection data as an index. + + // Pass in the preview value visible before opening the combo (it could technically be different contents or not pulled from items[]) + const char* combo_preview_value = items[item_selected_idx]; + if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 1", combo_preview_value, flags)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) + { + const bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) + item_selected_idx = n; + + // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) + if (is_selected) + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); + } + ImGui::EndCombo(); + } + + // Show case embedding a filter using a simple trick: displaying the filter inside combo contents. + // See https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/718 for advanced/esoteric alternatives. + if (ImGui::BeginCombo("combo 2 (w/ filter)", combo_preview_value, flags)) + { + static ImGuiTextFilter filter; + if (ImGui::IsWindowAppearing()) + { + ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(); + filter.Clear(); + } + ImGui::SetNextItemShortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_F); + filter.Draw("##Filter", -FLT_MIN); + + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) + { + const bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); + if (filter.PassFilter(items[n])) + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) + item_selected_idx = n; + } + ImGui::EndCombo(); + } + + ImGui::Spacing(); + ImGui::SeparatorText("One-liner variants"); + HelpMarker("The Combo() function is not greatly useful apart from cases were you want to embed all options in a single strings.\nFlags above don't apply to this section."); + + // Simplified one-liner Combo() API, using values packed in a single constant string + // This is a convenience for when the selection set is small and known at compile-time. + static int item_current_2 = 0; + ImGui::Combo("combo 3 (one-liner)", &item_current_2, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); + + // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an array of const char* + // This is not very useful (may obsolete): prefer using BeginCombo()/EndCombo() for full control. + static int item_current_3 = -1; // If the selection isn't within 0..count, Combo won't display a preview + ImGui::Combo("combo 4 (array)", &item_current_3, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); + + // Simplified one-liner Combo() using an accessor function + static int item_current_4 = 0; + ImGui::Combo("combo 5 (function)", &item_current_4, [](void* data, int n) { return ((const char**)data)[n]; }, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); ImGui::TreePop(); } +} - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Range Widgets"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Range Widgets")) - { - static float begin = 10, end = 90; - static int begin_i = 100, end_i = 1000; - ImGui::DragFloatRange2("range float", &begin, &end, 0.25f, 0.0f, 100.0f, "Min: %.1f %%", "Max: %.1f %%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); - ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 1000, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units"); - ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int (no bounds)", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 0, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsDataTypes() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +static void DemoWindowWidgetsDataTypes() +{ IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Data Types"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Data Types")) { @@ -2548,105 +1553,29 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) ImGui::TreePop(); } +} - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Multi-component Widgets"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-component Widgets")) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsDisableBlocks() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsDisableBlocks(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Disable Blocks"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Disable Blocks")) { - static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; - static int vec4i[4] = { 1, 5, 100, 255 }; - - ImGui::SeparatorText("2-wide"); - ImGui::InputFloat2("input float2", vec4f); - ImGui::DragFloat2("drag float2", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::SliderFloat2("slider float2", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::InputInt2("input int2", vec4i); - ImGui::DragInt2("drag int2", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); - ImGui::SliderInt2("slider int2", vec4i, 0, 255); - - ImGui::SeparatorText("3-wide"); - ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4f); - ImGui::DragFloat3("drag float3", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::SliderFloat3("slider float3", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::InputInt3("input int3", vec4i); - ImGui::DragInt3("drag int3", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); - ImGui::SliderInt3("slider int3", vec4i, 0, 255); - - ImGui::SeparatorText("4-wide"); - ImGui::InputFloat4("input float4", vec4f); - ImGui::DragFloat4("drag float4", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::SliderFloat4("slider float4", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); - ImGui::InputInt4("input int4", vec4i); - ImGui::DragInt4("drag int4", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); - ImGui::SliderInt4("slider int4", vec4i, 0, 255); - + ImGui::Checkbox("Disable entire section above", &demo_data->DisableSections); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Demonstrate using BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() across other sections."); ImGui::TreePop(); } +} - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Vertical Sliders"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Sliders")) - { - const float spacing = 4; - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(spacing, spacing)); - - static int int_value = 0; - ImGui::VSliderInt("##int", ImVec2(18, 160), &int_value, 0, 5); - ImGui::SameLine(); - - static float values[7] = { 0.0f, 0.60f, 0.35f, 0.9f, 0.70f, 0.20f, 0.0f }; - ImGui::PushID("set1"); - for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++) - { - if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(i); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.5f, 0.5f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.6f, 0.5f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.7f, 0.5f)); - ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f)); - ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(18, 160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values[i]); - ImGui::PopStyleColor(4); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID("set2"); - static float values2[4] = { 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.40f, 0.25f }; - const int rows = 3; - const ImVec2 small_slider_size(18, (float)(int)((160.0f - (rows - 1) * spacing) / rows)); - for (int nx = 0; nx < 4; nx++) - { - if (nx > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::BeginGroup(); - for (int ny = 0; ny < rows; ny++) - { - ImGui::PushID(nx * rows + ny); - ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", small_slider_size, &values2[nx], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); - if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values2[nx]); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::EndGroup(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID("set3"); - for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) - { - if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::PushID(i); - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, 40); - ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(40, 160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f\nsec"); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::PopID(); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsDragAndDrop() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +static void DemoWindowWidgetsDragAndDrop() +{ IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and drop"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and Drop")) { @@ -2797,7 +1726,378 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) ImGui::TreePop(); } +} +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsDragsAndSliders() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsDragsAndSliders() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Drag and Slider Flags"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag/Slider Flags")) + { + // Demonstrate using advanced flags for DragXXX and SliderXXX functions. Note that the flags are the same! + static ImGuiSliderFlags flags = ImGuiSliderFlags_None; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampOnInput); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Clamp value to min/max bounds when input manually with CTRL+Click. By default CTRL+Click allows going out of bounds."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_ClampZeroRange); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Clamp even if min==max==0.0f. Otherwise DragXXX functions don't clamp."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_Logarithmic); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable logarithmic editing (more precision for small values)."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoRoundToFormat); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable rounding underlying value to match precision of the format string (e.g. %.3f values are rounded to those 3 digits)."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoInput); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable CTRL+Click or Enter key allowing to input text directly into the widget."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_NoSpeedTweaks", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_NoSpeedTweaks); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Disable keyboard modifiers altering tweak speed. Useful if you want to alter tweak speed yourself based on your own logic."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround", &flags, ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Enable wrapping around from max to min and from min to max (only supported by DragXXX() functions)"); + + // Drags + static float drag_f = 0.5f; + static int drag_i = 50; + ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", drag_f); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> 1)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (-inf -> +inf)", &drag_f, 0.005f, -FLT_MAX, +FLT_MAX, "%.3f", flags); + //ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (0 -> 0)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 0.0f, 0.0f, "%.3f", flags); // To test ClampZeroRange + //ImGui::DragFloat("DragFloat (100 -> 100)", &drag_f, 0.005f, 100.0f, 100.0f, "%.3f", flags); + ImGui::DragInt("DragInt (0 -> 100)", &drag_i, 0.5f, 0, 100, "%d", flags); + + // Sliders + static float slider_f = 0.5f; + static int slider_i = 50; + const ImGuiSliderFlags flags_for_sliders = flags & ~ImGuiSliderFlags_WrapAround; + ImGui::Text("Underlying float value: %f", slider_f); + ImGui::SliderFloat("SliderFloat (0 -> 1)", &slider_f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.3f", flags_for_sliders); + ImGui::SliderInt("SliderInt (0 -> 100)", &slider_i, 0, 100, "%d", flags_for_sliders); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsImages() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsImages() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Images")) + { + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "Below we are displaying the font texture (which is the only texture we have access to in this demo). " + "Use the 'ImTextureID' type as storage to pass pointers or identifier to your own texture data. " + "Hover the texture for a zoomed view!"); + + // Below we are displaying the font texture because it is the only texture we have access to inside the demo! + // Remember that ImTextureID is just storage for whatever you want it to be. It is essentially a value that + // will be passed to the rendering backend via the ImDrawCmd structure. + // If you use one of the default imgui_impl_XXXX.cpp rendering backend, they all have comments at the top + // of their respective source file to specify what they expect to be stored in ImTextureID, for example: + // - The imgui_impl_dx11.cpp renderer expect a 'ID3D11ShaderResourceView*' pointer + // - The imgui_impl_opengl3.cpp renderer expect a GLuint OpenGL texture identifier, etc. + // More: + // - If you decided that ImTextureID = MyEngineTexture*, then you can pass your MyEngineTexture* pointers + // to ImGui::Image(), and gather width/height through your own functions, etc. + // - You can use ShowMetricsWindow() to inspect the draw data that are being passed to your renderer, + // it will help you debug issues if you are confused about it. + // - Consider using the lower-level ImDrawList::AddImage() API, via ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()->AddImage(). + // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/blob/master/docs/FAQ.md + // - Read https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples + ImTextureID my_tex_id = io.Fonts->TexID; + float my_tex_w = (float)io.Fonts->TexWidth; + float my_tex_h = (float)io.Fonts->TexHeight; + { + ImGui::Text("%.0fx%.0f", my_tex_w, my_tex_h); + ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 uv_min = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // Top-left + ImVec2 uv_max = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // Lower-right + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ImageBorderSize, IM_MAX(1.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ImageBorderSize)); + ImGui::ImageWithBg(my_tex_id, ImVec2(my_tex_w, my_tex_h), uv_min, uv_max, ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f)); + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) + { + float region_sz = 32.0f; + float region_x = io.MousePos.x - pos.x - region_sz * 0.5f; + float region_y = io.MousePos.y - pos.y - region_sz * 0.5f; + float zoom = 4.0f; + if (region_x < 0.0f) { region_x = 0.0f; } + else if (region_x > my_tex_w - region_sz) { region_x = my_tex_w - region_sz; } + if (region_y < 0.0f) { region_y = 0.0f; } + else if (region_y > my_tex_h - region_sz) { region_y = my_tex_h - region_sz; } + ImGui::Text("Min: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x, region_y); + ImGui::Text("Max: (%.2f, %.2f)", region_x + region_sz, region_y + region_sz); + ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2((region_x) / my_tex_w, (region_y) / my_tex_h); + ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2((region_x + region_sz) / my_tex_w, (region_y + region_sz) / my_tex_h); + ImGui::ImageWithBg(my_tex_id, ImVec2(region_sz * zoom, region_sz * zoom), uv0, uv1, ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f)); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Images/Textured buttons"); + ImGui::TextWrapped("And now some textured buttons.."); + static int pressed_count = 0; + for (int i = 0; i < 8; i++) + { + // UV coordinates are often (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f) to display an entire textures. + // Here are trying to display only a 32x32 pixels area of the texture, hence the UV computation. + // Read about UV coordinates here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples + ImGui::PushID(i); + if (i > 0) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(i - 1.0f, i - 1.0f)); + ImVec2 size = ImVec2(32.0f, 32.0f); // Size of the image we want to make visible + ImVec2 uv0 = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); // UV coordinates for lower-left + ImVec2 uv1 = ImVec2(32.0f / my_tex_w, 32.0f / my_tex_h); // UV coordinates for (32,32) in our texture + ImVec4 bg_col = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f); // Black background + ImVec4 tint_col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f); // No tint + if (ImGui::ImageButton("", my_tex_id, size, uv0, uv1, bg_col, tint_col)) + pressed_count += 1; + if (i > 0) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::PopID(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + } + ImGui::NewLine(); + ImGui::Text("Pressed %d times.", pressed_count); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsListBoxes() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsListBoxes() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/List Boxes"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("List Boxes")) + { + // BeginListBox() is essentially a thin wrapper to using BeginChild()/EndChild() + // using the ImGuiChildFlags_FrameStyle flag for stylistic changes + displaying a label. + // You may be tempted to simply use BeginChild() directly. However note that BeginChild() requires EndChild() + // to always be called (inconsistent with BeginListBox()/EndListBox()). + + // Using the generic BeginListBox() API, you have full control over how to display the combo contents. + // (your selection data could be an index, a pointer to the object, an id for the object, a flag intrusively + // stored in the object itself, etc.) + const char* items[] = { "AAAA", "BBBB", "CCCC", "DDDD", "EEEE", "FFFF", "GGGG", "HHHH", "IIII", "JJJJ", "KKKK", "LLLLLLL", "MMMM", "OOOOOOO" }; + static int item_selected_idx = 0; // Here we store our selected data as an index. + + static bool item_highlight = false; + int item_highlighted_idx = -1; // Here we store our highlighted data as an index. + ImGui::Checkbox("Highlight hovered item in second listbox", &item_highlight); + + if (ImGui::BeginListBox("listbox 1")) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) + { + const bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected)) + item_selected_idx = n; + + if (item_highlight && ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + item_highlighted_idx = n; + + // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) + if (is_selected) + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); + } + ImGui::EndListBox(); + } + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Here we are sharing selection state between both boxes."); + + // Custom size: use all width, 5 items tall + ImGui::Text("Full-width:"); + if (ImGui::BeginListBox("##listbox 2", ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 5 * ImGui::GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()))) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(items); n++) + { + bool is_selected = (item_selected_idx == n); + ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = (item_highlighted_idx == n) ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Highlight : 0; + if (ImGui::Selectable(items[n], is_selected, flags)) + item_selected_idx = n; + + // Set the initial focus when opening the combo (scrolling + keyboard navigation focus) + if (is_selected) + ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); + } + ImGui::EndListBox(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsMultiComponents() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsMultiComponents() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Multi-component Widgets"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-component Widgets")) + { + static float vec4f[4] = { 0.10f, 0.20f, 0.30f, 0.44f }; + static int vec4i[4] = { 1, 5, 100, 255 }; + + ImGui::SeparatorText("2-wide"); + ImGui::InputFloat2("input float2", vec4f); + ImGui::DragFloat2("drag float2", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat2("slider float2", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::InputInt2("input int2", vec4i); + ImGui::DragInt2("drag int2", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); + ImGui::SliderInt2("slider int2", vec4i, 0, 255); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("3-wide"); + ImGui::InputFloat3("input float3", vec4f); + ImGui::DragFloat3("drag float3", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat3("slider float3", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::InputInt3("input int3", vec4i); + ImGui::DragInt3("drag int3", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); + ImGui::SliderInt3("slider int3", vec4i, 0, 255); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("4-wide"); + ImGui::InputFloat4("input float4", vec4f); + ImGui::DragFloat4("drag float4", vec4f, 0.01f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::SliderFloat4("slider float4", vec4f, 0.0f, 1.0f); + ImGui::InputInt4("input int4", vec4i); + ImGui::DragInt4("drag int4", vec4i, 1, 0, 255); + ImGui::SliderInt4("slider int4", vec4i, 0, 255); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Ranges"); + static float begin = 10, end = 90; + static int begin_i = 100, end_i = 1000; + ImGui::DragFloatRange2("range float", &begin, &end, 0.25f, 0.0f, 100.0f, "Min: %.1f %%", "Max: %.1f %%", ImGuiSliderFlags_AlwaysClamp); + ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 1000, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units"); + ImGui::DragIntRange2("range int (no bounds)", &begin_i, &end_i, 5, 0, 0, "Min: %d units", "Max: %d units"); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsPlotting() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsPlotting() +{ + // Plot/Graph widgets are not very good. +// Consider using a third-party library such as ImPlot: https://github.com/epezent/implot +// (see others https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Useful-Extensions) + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Plotting"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Plotting")) + { + ImGui::Text("Need better plotting and graphing? Consider using ImPlot:"); + ImGui::TextLinkOpenURL("https://github.com/epezent/implot"); + ImGui::Separator(); + + static bool animate = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Animate", &animate); + + // Plot as lines and plot as histogram + static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; + ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); + ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr), 0, NULL, 0.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); + //ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Consider using ImPlot instead!"); + + // Fill an array of contiguous float values to plot + // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float + // and the sizeof() of your structure in the "stride" parameter. + static float values[90] = {}; + static int values_offset = 0; + static double refresh_time = 0.0; + if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0) + refresh_time = ImGui::GetTime(); + while (refresh_time < ImGui::GetTime()) // Create data at fixed 60 Hz rate for the demo + { + static float phase = 0.0f; + values[values_offset] = cosf(phase); + values_offset = (values_offset + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); + phase += 0.10f * values_offset; + refresh_time += 1.0f / 60.0f; + } + + // Plots can display overlay texts + // (in this example, we will display an average value) + { + float average = 0.0f; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); n++) + average += values[n]; + average /= (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(values); + char overlay[32]; + sprintf(overlay, "avg %f", average); + ImGui::PlotLines("Lines", values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(values), values_offset, overlay, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80.0f)); + } + + // Use functions to generate output + // FIXME: This is actually VERY awkward because current plot API only pass in indices. + // We probably want an API passing floats and user provide sample rate/count. + struct Funcs + { + static float Sin(void*, int i) { return sinf(i * 0.1f); } + static float Saw(void*, int i) { return (i & 1) ? 1.0f : -1.0f; } + }; + static int func_type = 0, display_count = 70; + ImGui::SeparatorText("Functions"); + ImGui::SetNextItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 8); + ImGui::Combo("func", &func_type, "Sin\0Saw\0"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SliderInt("Sample count", &display_count, 1, 400); + float (*func)(void*, int) = (func_type == 0) ? Funcs::Sin : Funcs::Saw; + ImGui::PlotLines("Lines##2", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); + ImGui::PlotHistogram("Histogram##2", func, NULL, display_count, 0, NULL, -1.0f, 1.0f, ImVec2(0, 80)); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsProgressBars() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsProgressBars() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Progress Bars"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Progress Bars")) + { + // Animate a simple progress bar + static float progress = 0.0f, progress_dir = 1.0f; + progress += progress_dir * 0.4f * ImGui::GetIO().DeltaTime; + if (progress >= +1.1f) { progress = +1.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } + if (progress <= -0.1f) { progress = -0.1f; progress_dir *= -1.0f; } + + // Typically we would use ImVec2(-1.0f,0.0f) or ImVec2(-FLT_MIN,0.0f) to use all available width, + // or ImVec2(width,0.0f) for a specified width. ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f) uses ItemWidth. + ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + ImGui::Text("Progress Bar"); + + float progress_saturated = IM_CLAMP(progress, 0.0f, 1.0f); + char buf[32]; + sprintf(buf, "%d/%d", (int)(progress_saturated * 1753), 1753); + ImGui::ProgressBar(progress, ImVec2(0.f, 0.f), buf); + + // Pass an animated negative value, e.g. -1.0f * (float)ImGui::GetTime() is the recommended value. + // Adjust the factor if you want to adjust the animation speed. + ImGui::ProgressBar(-1.0f * (float)ImGui::GetTime(), ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f), "Searching.."); + ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x); + ImGui::Text("Indeterminate"); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsQueryingStatuses() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsQueryingStatuses() +{ IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Querying Item Status (Edited,Active,Hovered etc.)"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Item Status (Edited/Active/Hovered etc.)")) { @@ -2812,7 +2112,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) ImGui::Combo("Item Type", &item_type, item_names, IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names), IM_ARRAYSIZE(item_names)); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Testing how various types of items are interacting with the IsItemXXX functions. Note that the bool return value of most ImGui function is generally equivalent to calling ImGui::IsItemHovered()."); - ImGui::Checkbox("Item Disabled", &item_disabled); + ImGui::Checkbox("Item Disabled", &item_disabled); // Submit selected items so we can query their status in the code following it. bool ret = false; @@ -2831,12 +2131,12 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) if (item_type == 7) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat("ITEM: InputFloat", col4f, 1.0f); } // Testing +/- buttons on scalar input if (item_type == 8) { ret = ImGui::InputFloat3("ITEM: InputFloat3", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) if (item_type == 9) { ret = ImGui::ColorEdit4("ITEM: ColorEdit4", col4f); } // Testing multi-component items (IsItemXXX flags are reported merged) - if (item_type == 10){ ret = ImGui::Selectable("ITEM: Selectable"); } // Testing selectable item - if (item_type == 11){ ret = ImGui::MenuItem("ITEM: MenuItem"); } // Testing menu item (they use ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease button policy) - if (item_type == 12){ ret = ImGui::TreeNode("ITEM: TreeNode"); if (ret) ImGui::TreePop(); } // Testing tree node - if (item_type == 13){ ret = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("ITEM: TreeNode w/ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); } // Testing tree node with ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick button policy. - if (item_type == 14){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::Combo("ITEM: Combo", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } - if (item_type == 15){ const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } + if (item_type == 10) { ret = ImGui::Selectable("ITEM: Selectable"); } // Testing selectable item + if (item_type == 11) { ret = ImGui::MenuItem("ITEM: MenuItem"); } // Testing menu item (they use ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease button policy) + if (item_type == 12) { ret = ImGui::TreeNode("ITEM: TreeNode"); if (ret) ImGui::TreePop(); } // Testing tree node + if (item_type == 13) { ret = ImGui::TreeNodeEx("ITEM: TreeNode w/ ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen); } // Testing tree node with ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick button policy. + if (item_type == 14) { const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::Combo("ITEM: Combo", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } + if (item_type == 15) { const char* items[] = { "Apple", "Banana", "Cherry", "Kiwi" }; static int current = 1; ret = ImGui::ListBox("ITEM: ListBox", ¤t, items, IM_ARRAYSIZE(items), IM_ARRAYSIZE(items)); } bool hovered_delay_none = ImGui::IsItemHovered(); bool hovered_delay_stationary = ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary); @@ -3006,41 +2306,152 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) ImGui::TreePop(); } +} - // Demonstrate BeginDisabled/EndDisabled using a checkbox located at the bottom of the section (which is a bit odd: - // logically we'd have this checkbox at the top of the section, but we don't want this feature to steal that space) - if (disable_all) - ImGui::EndDisabled(); +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsSelectables() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Disable Block"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Disable block")) +static void DemoWindowWidgetsSelectables() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables"); + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selectables")) { - ImGui::Checkbox("Disable entire section above", &disable_all); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Demonstrate using BeginDisabled()/EndDisabled() across this section."); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } + // Selectable() has 2 overloads: + // - The one taking "bool selected" as a read-only selection information. + // When Selectable() has been clicked it returns true and you can alter selection state accordingly. + // - The one taking "bool* p_selected" as a read-write selection information (convenient in some cases) + // The earlier is more flexible, as in real application your selection may be stored in many different ways + // and not necessarily inside a bool value (e.g. in flags within objects, as an external list, etc). + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Basic"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + { + static bool selection[5] = { false, true, false, false }; + ImGui::Selectable("1. I am selectable", &selection[0]); + ImGui::Selectable("2. I am selectable", &selection[1]); + ImGui::Selectable("3. I am selectable", &selection[2]); + if (ImGui::Selectable("4. I am double clickable", selection[3], ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick)) + if (ImGui::IsMouseDoubleClicked(0)) + selection[3] = !selection[3]; + ImGui::TreePop(); + } - IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Filter"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Filter")) - { - // Helper class to easy setup a text filter. - // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application. - HelpMarker("Not a widget per-se, but ImGuiTextFilter is a helper to perform simple filtering on text strings."); - static ImGuiTextFilter filter; - ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n" - " \"\" display all lines\n" - " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n" - " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n" - " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\""); - filter.Draw(); - const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" }; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++) - if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i])) - ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]); + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Rendering more items on the same line"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Rendering more items on the same line")) + { + // (1) Using SetNextItemAllowOverlap() + // (2) Using the Selectable() override that takes "bool* p_selected" parameter, the bool value is toggled automatically. + static bool selected[3] = { false, false, false }; + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("main.c", &selected[0]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 1"); + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.cpp", &selected[1]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 2"); + ImGui::SetNextItemAllowOverlap(); ImGui::Selectable("Hello.h", &selected[2]); ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::SmallButton("Link 3"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/In Tables"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("In Tables")) + { + static bool selected[10] = {}; + + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split1", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Item %d", i); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i]); // FIXME-TABLE: Selection overlap + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::Spacing(); + if (ImGui::BeginTable("split2", 3, ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable | ImGuiTableFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiTableFlags_Borders)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) + { + char label[32]; + sprintf(label, "Item %d", i); + ImGui::TableNextRow(); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Selectable(label, &selected[i], ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("Some other contents"); + ImGui::TableNextColumn(); + ImGui::Text("123456"); + } + ImGui::EndTable(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Grid"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Grid")) + { + static char selected[4][4] = { { 1, 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 1, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 1, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0, 1 } }; + + // Add in a bit of silly fun... + const float time = (float)ImGui::GetTime(); + const bool winning_state = memchr(selected, 0, sizeof(selected)) == NULL; // If all cells are selected... + if (winning_state) + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, ImVec2(0.5f + 0.5f * cosf(time * 2.0f), 0.5f + 0.5f * sinf(time * 3.0f))); + + for (int y = 0; y < 4; y++) + for (int x = 0; x < 4; x++) + { + if (x > 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(y * 4 + x); + if (ImGui::Selectable("Sailor", selected[y][x] != 0, 0, ImVec2(50, 50))) + { + // Toggle clicked cell + toggle neighbors + selected[y][x] ^= 1; + if (x > 0) { selected[y][x - 1] ^= 1; } + if (x < 3) { selected[y][x + 1] ^= 1; } + if (y > 0) { selected[y - 1][x] ^= 1; } + if (y < 3) { selected[y + 1][x] ^= 1; } + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + + if (winning_state) + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selectables/Alignment"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Alignment")) + { + HelpMarker( + "By default, Selectables uses style.SelectableTextAlign but it can be overridden on a per-item " + "basis using PushStyleVar(). You'll probably want to always keep your default situation to " + "left-align otherwise it becomes difficult to layout multiple items on a same line"); + static bool selected[3 * 3] = { true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true }; + for (int y = 0; y < 3; y++) + { + for (int x = 0; x < 3; x++) + { + ImVec2 alignment = ImVec2((float)x / 2.0f, (float)y / 2.0f); + char name[32]; + sprintf(name, "(%.1f,%.1f)", alignment.x, alignment.y); + if (x > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_SelectableTextAlign, alignment); + ImGui::Selectable(name, &selected[3 * y + x], ImGuiSelectableFlags_None, ImVec2(80, 80)); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } ImGui::TreePop(); } } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsSelectionAndMultiSelect() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Multi-selection demos +// Also read: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Multi-Select +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + static const char* ExampleNames[] = { "Artichoke", "Arugula", "Asparagus", "Avocado", "Bamboo Shoots", "Bean Sprouts", "Beans", "Beet", "Belgian Endive", "Bell Pepper", @@ -3266,14 +2677,7 @@ struct ExampleDualListBox } }; -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect() -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Multi-selection demos -// Also read: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Multi-Select -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -static void ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) +static void DemoWindowWidgetsSelectionAndMultiSelect(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Selection State & Multi-Select"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Selection State & Multi-Select")) @@ -3633,7 +3037,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-Select (trees)")) { HelpMarker( - "This is rather advanced and experimental. If you are getting started with multi-select," + "This is rather advanced and experimental. If you are getting started with multi-select, " "please don't start by looking at how to use it for a tree!\n\n" "Future versions will try to simplify and formalize some of this."); @@ -4009,10 +3413,839 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowMultiSelect(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowLayout() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsTabs() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() +static void DemoWindowWidgetsTabs() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tabs")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/Basic"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic")) + { + ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_None; + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) + { + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Avocado")) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the Avocado tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Broccoli")) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the Broccoli tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem("Cucumber")) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the Cucumber tab!\nblah blah blah blah blah"); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/Advanced & Close Button"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced & Close Button")) + { + // Expose a couple of the available flags. In most cases you may just call BeginTabBar() with no flags (0). + static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline); + if ((tab_bar_flags & ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_) == 0) + tab_bar_flags |= ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyDefault_; + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); + + // Tab Bar + ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding(); + ImGui::Text("Opened:"); + const char* names[4] = { "Artichoke", "Beetroot", "Celery", "Daikon" }; + static bool opened[4] = { true, true, true, true }; // Persistent user state + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Checkbox(names[n], &opened[n]); + } + + // Passing a bool* to BeginTabItem() is similar to passing one to Begin(): + // the underlying bool will be set to false when the tab is closed. + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(opened); n++) + if (opened[n] && ImGui::BeginTabItem(names[n], &opened[n], ImGuiTabItemFlags_None)) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", names[n]); + if (n & 1) + ImGui::Text("I am an odd tab."); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tabs/TabItemButton & Leading-Trailing flags"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("TabItemButton & Leading/Trailing flags")) + { + static ImVector active_tabs; + static int next_tab_id = 0; + if (next_tab_id == 0) // Initialize with some default tabs + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); + + // TabItemButton() and Leading/Trailing flags are distinct features which we will demo together. + // (It is possible to submit regular tabs with Leading/Trailing flags, or TabItemButton tabs without Leading/Trailing flags... + // but they tend to make more sense together) + static bool show_leading_button = true; + static bool show_trailing_button = true; + ImGui::Checkbox("Show Leading TabItemButton()", &show_leading_button); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show Trailing TabItemButton()", &show_trailing_button); + + // Expose some other flags which are useful to showcase how they interact with Leading/Trailing tabs + static ImGuiTabBarFlags tab_bar_flags = ImGuiTabBarFlags_AutoSelectNewTabs | ImGuiTabBarFlags_Reorderable | ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_TabListPopupButton); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyResizeDown); + if (ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll", &tab_bar_flags, ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll)) + tab_bar_flags &= ~(ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyMask_ ^ ImGuiTabBarFlags_FittingPolicyScroll); + + if (ImGui::BeginTabBar("MyTabBar", tab_bar_flags)) + { + // Demo a Leading TabItemButton(): click the "?" button to open a menu + if (show_leading_button) + if (ImGui::TabItemButton("?", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Leading | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) + ImGui::OpenPopup("MyHelpMenu"); + if (ImGui::BeginPopup("MyHelpMenu")) + { + ImGui::Selectable("Hello!"); + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + + // Demo Trailing Tabs: click the "+" button to add a new tab. + // (In your app you may want to use a font icon instead of the "+") + // We submit it before the regular tabs, but thanks to the ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing flag it will always appear at the end. + if (show_trailing_button) + if (ImGui::TabItemButton("+", ImGuiTabItemFlags_Trailing | ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoTooltip)) + active_tabs.push_back(next_tab_id++); // Add new tab + + // Submit our regular tabs + for (int n = 0; n < active_tabs.Size; ) + { + bool open = true; + char name[16]; + snprintf(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "%04d", active_tabs[n]); + if (ImGui::BeginTabItem(name, &open, ImGuiTabItemFlags_None)) + { + ImGui::Text("This is the %s tab!", name); + ImGui::EndTabItem(); + } + + if (!open) + active_tabs.erase(active_tabs.Data + n); + else + n++; + } + + ImGui::EndTabBar(); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsText() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsText() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/Colored Text"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Colorful Text")) + { + // Using shortcut. You can use PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() for more flexibility. + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f), "Pink"); + ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.0f, 1.0f), "Yellow"); + ImGui::TextDisabled("Disabled"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("The TextDisabled color is stored in ImGuiStyle."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/Word Wrapping"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Word Wrapping")) + { + // Using shortcut. You can use PushTextWrapPos()/PopTextWrapPos() for more flexibility. + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "This text should automatically wrap on the edge of the window. The current implementation " + "for text wrapping follows simple rules suitable for English and possibly other languages."); + ImGui::Spacing(); + + static float wrap_width = 200.0f; + ImGui::SliderFloat("Wrap width", &wrap_width, -20, 600, "%.0f"); + + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) + { + ImGui::Text("Test paragraph %d:", n); + ImVec2 pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + ImVec2 marker_min = ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width, pos.y); + ImVec2 marker_max = ImVec2(pos.x + wrap_width + 10, pos.y + ImGui::GetTextLineHeight()); + ImGui::PushTextWrapPos(ImGui::GetCursorPos().x + wrap_width); + if (n == 0) + ImGui::Text("The lazy dog is a good dog. This paragraph should fit within %.0f pixels. Testing a 1 character word. The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.", wrap_width); + else + ImGui::Text("aaaaaaaa bbbbbbbb, c cccccccc,dddddddd. d eeeeeeee ffffffff. gggggggg!hhhhhhhh"); + + // Draw actual text bounding box, following by marker of our expected limit (should not overlap!) + draw_list->AddRect(ImGui::GetItemRectMin(), ImGui::GetItemRectMax(), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(marker_min, marker_max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 255, 255)); + ImGui::PopTextWrapPos(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text/UTF-8 Text"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("UTF-8 Text")) + { + // UTF-8 test with Japanese characters + // (Needs a suitable font? Try "Google Noto" or "Arial Unicode". See docs/FONTS.md for details.) + // - From C++11 you can use the u8"my text" syntax to encode literal strings as UTF-8 + // - For earlier compiler, you may be able to encode your sources as UTF-8 (e.g. in Visual Studio, you + // can save your source files as 'UTF-8 without signature'). + // - FOR THIS DEMO FILE ONLY, BECAUSE WE WANT TO SUPPORT OLD COMPILERS, WE ARE *NOT* INCLUDING RAW UTF-8 + // CHARACTERS IN THIS SOURCE FILE. Instead we are encoding a few strings with hexadecimal constants. + // Don't do this in your application! Please use u8"text in any language" in your application! + // Note that characters values are preserved even by InputText() if the font cannot be displayed, + // so you can safely copy & paste garbled characters into another application. + ImGui::TextWrapped( + "CJK text will only appear if the font was loaded with the appropriate CJK character ranges. " + "Call io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF() manually to load extra character ranges. " + "Read docs/FONTS.md for details."); + ImGui::Text("Hiragana: \xe3\x81\x8b\xe3\x81\x8d\xe3\x81\x8f\xe3\x81\x91\xe3\x81\x93 (kakikukeko)"); + ImGui::Text("Kanjis: \xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e (nihongo)"); + static char buf[32] = "\xe6\x97\xa5\xe6\x9c\xac\xe8\xaa\x9e"; + //static char buf[32] = u8"NIHONGO"; // <- this is how you would write it with C++11, using real kanjis + ImGui::InputText("UTF-8 input", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsTextFilter() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsTextFilter() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Filter"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Filter")) + { + // Helper class to easy setup a text filter. + // You may want to implement a more feature-full filtering scheme in your own application. + HelpMarker("Not a widget per-se, but ImGuiTextFilter is a helper to perform simple filtering on text strings."); + static ImGuiTextFilter filter; + ImGui::Text("Filter usage:\n" + " \"\" display all lines\n" + " \"xxx\" display lines containing \"xxx\"\n" + " \"xxx,yyy\" display lines containing \"xxx\" or \"yyy\"\n" + " \"-xxx\" hide lines containing \"xxx\""); + filter.Draw(); + const char* lines[] = { "aaa1.c", "bbb1.c", "ccc1.c", "aaa2.cpp", "bbb2.cpp", "ccc2.cpp", "abc.h", "hello, world" }; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(lines); i++) + if (filter.PassFilter(lines[i])) + ImGui::BulletText("%s", lines[i]); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsTextInput() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsTextInput() +{ + // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, + // see the "Text Input > Resize Callback" section of this demo, and the misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h file. + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Text Input")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Multi-line Text Input"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Multi-line Text Input")) + { + // Note: we are using a fixed-sized buffer for simplicity here. See ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize + // and the code in misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for how to setup InputText() for dynamically resizing strings. + static char text[1024 * 16] = + "/*\n" + " The Pentium F00F bug, shorthand for F0 0F C7 C8,\n" + " the hexadecimal encoding of one offending instruction,\n" + " more formally, the invalid operand with locked CMPXCHG8B\n" + " instruction bug, is a design flaw in the majority of\n" + " Intel Pentium, Pentium MMX, and Pentium OverDrive\n" + " processors (all in the P5 microarchitecture).\n" + "*/\n\n" + "label:\n" + "\tlock cmpxchg8b eax\n"; + + static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput; + HelpMarker("You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputTextMultiline() to a dynamic string type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an example. (This is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp because we don't want to include in here)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("When _AllowTabInput is set, passing through the widget with Tabbing doesn't automatically activate it, in order to also cycling through subsequent widgets."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine); + ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), flags); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Filtered Text Input"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Filtered Text Input")) + { + struct TextFilters + { + // Modify character input by altering 'data->Eventchar' (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter callback) + static int FilterCasingSwap(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + if (data->EventChar >= 'a' && data->EventChar <= 'z') { data->EventChar -= 'a' - 'A'; } // Lowercase becomes uppercase + else if (data->EventChar >= 'A' && data->EventChar <= 'Z') { data->EventChar += 'a' - 'A'; } // Uppercase becomes lowercase + return 0; + } + + // Return 0 (pass) if the character is 'i' or 'm' or 'g' or 'u' or 'i', otherwise return 1 (filter out) + static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) + return 0; + return 1; + } + }; + + static char buf1[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("default", buf1, 32); + static char buf2[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("decimal", buf2, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); + static char buf3[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); + static char buf4[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); + static char buf5[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); + static char buf6[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("casing swap", buf6, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterCasingSwap); // Use CharFilter callback to replace characters. + static char buf7[32] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\"", buf7, 32, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); // Use CharFilter callback to disable some characters. + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Password input"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Password Input")) + { + static char password[64] = "password123"; + ImGui::InputText("password", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password), ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Display all characters as '*'.\nDisable clipboard cut and copy.\nDisable logging.\n"); + ImGui::InputTextWithHint("password (w/ hint)", "", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password), ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password); + ImGui::InputText("password (clear)", password, IM_ARRAYSIZE(password)); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Completion, History, Edit Callbacks"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Completion, History, Edit Callbacks")) + { + struct Funcs + { + static int MyCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) + { + data->InsertChars(data->CursorPos, ".."); + } + else if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) + { + if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_UpArrow) + { + data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen); + data->InsertChars(0, "Pressed Up!"); + data->SelectAll(); + } + else if (data->EventKey == ImGuiKey_DownArrow) + { + data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen); + data->InsertChars(0, "Pressed Down!"); + data->SelectAll(); + } + } + else if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit) + { + // Toggle casing of first character + char c = data->Buf[0]; + if ((c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') || (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')) data->Buf[0] ^= 32; + data->BufDirty = true; + + // Increment a counter + int* p_int = (int*)data->UserData; + *p_int = *p_int + 1; + } + return 0; + } + }; + static char buf1[64]; + ImGui::InputText("Completion", buf1, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion, Funcs::MyCallback); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Here we append \"..\" each time Tab is pressed. " + "See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); + + static char buf2[64]; + ImGui::InputText("History", buf2, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, Funcs::MyCallback); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Here we replace and select text each time Up/Down are pressed. " + "See 'Examples>Console' for a more meaningful demonstration of using this callback."); + + static char buf3[64]; + static int edit_count = 0; + ImGui::InputText("Edit", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackEdit, Funcs::MyCallback, (void*)&edit_count); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker( + "Here we toggle the casing of the first character on every edit + count edits."); + ImGui::SameLine(); ImGui::Text("(%d)", edit_count); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Resize Callback"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Resize Callback")) + { + // To wire InputText() with std::string or any other custom string type, + // you can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag + create a custom ImGui::InputText() wrapper + // using your preferred type. See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this using std::string. + HelpMarker( + "Using ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize to wire your custom string type to InputText().\n\n" + "See misc/cpp/imgui_stdlib.h for an implementation of this for std::string."); + struct Funcs + { + static int MyResizeCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) + { + if (data->EventFlag == ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) + { + ImVector* my_str = (ImVector*)data->UserData; + IM_ASSERT(my_str->begin() == data->Buf); + my_str->resize(data->BufSize); // NB: On resizing calls, generally data->BufSize == data->BufTextLen + 1 + data->Buf = my_str->begin(); + } + return 0; + } + + // Note: Because ImGui:: is a namespace you would typically add your own function into the namespace. + // For example, you code may declare a function 'ImGui::InputText(const char* label, MyString* my_str)' + static bool MyInputTextMultiline(const char* label, ImVector* my_str, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0) + { + IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) == 0); + return ImGui::InputTextMultiline(label, my_str->begin(), (size_t)my_str->size(), size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize, Funcs::MyResizeCallback, (void*)my_str); + } + }; + + // For this demo we are using ImVector as a string container. + // Note that because we need to store a terminating zero character, our size/capacity are 1 more + // than usually reported by a typical string class. + static ImVector my_str; + if (my_str.empty()) + my_str.push_back(0); + Funcs::MyInputTextMultiline("##MyStr", &my_str, ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16)); + ImGui::Text("Data: %p\nSize: %d\nCapacity: %d", (void*)my_str.begin(), my_str.size(), my_str.capacity()); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Eliding, Alignment"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Eliding, Alignment")) + { + static char buf1[128] = "/path/to/some/folder/with/long/filename.cpp"; + static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_ElideLeft; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ElideLeft", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ElideLeft); + ImGui::InputText("Path", buf1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf1), flags); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Text Input/Miscellaneous"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Miscellaneous")) + { + static char buf1[16]; + static ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_EscapeClearsAll); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiInputTextFlags_UndoRedo", &flags, ImGuiInputTextFlags_UndoRedo); + ImGui::InputText("Hello", buf1, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf1), flags); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsTooltips() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsTooltips() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tooltips"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tooltips")) + { + // Tooltips are windows following the mouse. They do not take focus away. + ImGui::SeparatorText("General"); + + // Typical use cases: + // - Short-form (text only): SetItemTooltip("Hello"); + // - Short-form (any contents): if (BeginItemTooltip()) { Text("Hello"); EndTooltip(); } + + // - Full-form (text only): if (IsItemHovered(...)) { SetTooltip("Hello"); } + // - Full-form (any contents): if (IsItemHovered(...) && BeginTooltip()) { Text("Hello"); EndTooltip(); } + + HelpMarker( + "Tooltip are typically created by using a IsItemHovered() + SetTooltip() sequence.\n\n" + "We provide a helper SetItemTooltip() function to perform the two with standards flags."); + + ImVec2 sz = ImVec2(-FLT_MIN, 0.0f); + + ImGui::Button("Basic", sz); + ImGui::SetItemTooltip("I am a tooltip"); + + ImGui::Button("Fancy", sz); + if (ImGui::BeginItemTooltip()) + { + ImGui::Text("I am a fancy tooltip"); + static float arr[] = { 0.6f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.92f, 0.1f, 0.2f }; + ImGui::PlotLines("Curve", arr, IM_ARRAYSIZE(arr)); + ImGui::Text("Sin(time) = %f", sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime())); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Always On"); + + // Showcase NOT relying on a IsItemHovered() to emit a tooltip. + // Here the tooltip is always emitted when 'always_on == true'. + static int always_on = 0; + ImGui::RadioButton("Off", &always_on, 0); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::RadioButton("Always On (Simple)", &always_on, 1); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::RadioButton("Always On (Advanced)", &always_on, 2); + if (always_on == 1) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am following you around."); + else if (always_on == 2 && ImGui::BeginTooltip()) + { + ImGui::ProgressBar(sinf((float)ImGui::GetTime()) * 0.5f + 0.5f, ImVec2(ImGui::GetFontSize() * 25, 0.0f)); + ImGui::EndTooltip(); + } + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Custom"); + + HelpMarker( + "Passing ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to IsItemHovered() is the preferred way to standardize " + "tooltip activation details across your application. You may however decide to use custom " + "flags for a specific tooltip instance."); + + // The following examples are passed for documentation purpose but may not be useful to most users. + // Passing ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip to IsItemHovered() will pull ImGuiHoveredFlags flags values from + // 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav' depending on whether mouse or keyboard/gamepad is being used. + // With default settings, ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip is equivalent to ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort + ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary. + ImGui::Button("Manual", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a manually emitted tooltip."); + + ImGui::Button("DelayNone", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNone)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with no delay."); + + ImGui::Button("DelayShort", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayShort | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a short delay (%0.2f sec).", ImGui::GetStyle().HoverDelayShort); + + ImGui::Button("DelayLong", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_DelayNormal | ImGuiHoveredFlags_NoSharedDelay)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip with a long delay (%0.2f sec).", ImGui::GetStyle().HoverDelayNormal); + + ImGui::Button("Stationary", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_Stationary)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a tooltip requiring mouse to be stationary before activating."); + + // Using ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip will pull flags from 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipMouse' or 'style.HoverFlagsForTooltipNav', + // which default value include the ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled flag. + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + ImGui::Button("Disabled item", sz); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_ForTooltip)) + ImGui::SetTooltip("I am a a tooltip for a disabled item."); + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsTreeNodes() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsTreeNodes() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Tree Nodes")) + { + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Basic trees"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Basic trees")) + { + for (int i = 0; i < 5; i++) + { + // Use SetNextItemOpen() so set the default state of a node to be open. We could + // also use TreeNodeEx() with the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen flag to achieve the same thing! + if (i == 0) + ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + + // Here we use PushID() to generate a unique base ID, and then the "" used as TreeNode id won't conflict. + // An alternative to using 'PushID() + TreeNode("", ...)' to generate a unique ID is to use 'TreeNode((void*)(intptr_t)i, ...)', + // aka generate a dummy pointer-sized value to be hashed. The demo below uses that technique. Both are fine. + ImGui::PushID(i); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("", "Child %d", i)) + { + ImGui::Text("blah blah"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {} + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Tree Nodes/Advanced, with Selectable nodes"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Advanced, with Selectable nodes")) + { + HelpMarker( + "This is a more typical looking tree with selectable nodes.\n" + "Click to select, CTRL+Click to toggle, click on arrows or double-click to open."); + static ImGuiTreeNodeFlags base_flags = ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth; + static bool align_label_with_current_x_position = false; + static bool test_drag_and_drop = false; + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAvailWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Extend hit area to all available width instead of allowing more items to be laid out after the node."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanFullWidth); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanLabelWidth", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanLabelWidth); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Reduce hit area to the text label and a bit of margin."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanAllColumns); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("For use in Tables only."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowOverlap); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Draw frame with background (e.g. for CollapsingHeader)"); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere", &base_flags, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere); + ImGui::Checkbox("Align label with current X position", &align_label_with_current_x_position); + ImGui::Checkbox("Test tree node as drag source", &test_drag_and_drop); + ImGui::Text("Hello!"); + if (align_label_with_current_x_position) + ImGui::Unindent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + + // 'selection_mask' is dumb representation of what may be user-side selection state. + // You may retain selection state inside or outside your objects in whatever format you see fit. + // 'node_clicked' is temporary storage of what node we have clicked to process selection at the end + /// of the loop. May be a pointer to your own node type, etc. + static int selection_mask = (1 << 2); + int node_clicked = -1; + for (int i = 0; i < 6; i++) + { + // Disable the default "open on single-click behavior" + set Selected flag according to our selection. + // To alter selection we use IsItemClicked() && !IsItemToggledOpen(), so clicking on an arrow doesn't alter selection. + ImGuiTreeNodeFlags node_flags = base_flags; + const bool is_selected = (selection_mask & (1 << i)) != 0; + if (is_selected) + node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected; + if (i < 3) + { + // Items 0..2 are Tree Node + bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Node %d", i); + if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()) + node_clicked = i; + if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) + { + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0); + ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source"); + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } + if (i == 2 && (base_flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_SpanLabelWidth)) + { + // Item 2 has an additional inline button to help demonstrate SpanLabelWidth. + ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::SmallButton("button")) {} + } + if (node_open) + { + ImGui::BulletText("Blah blah\nBlah Blah"); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::SmallButton("Button"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } + else + { + // Items 3..5 are Tree Leaves + // The only reason we use TreeNode at all is to allow selection of the leaf. Otherwise we can + // use BulletText() or advance the cursor by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() and call Text(). + node_flags |= ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen; // ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet + ImGui::TreeNodeEx((void*)(intptr_t)i, node_flags, "Selectable Leaf %d", i); + if (ImGui::IsItemClicked() && !ImGui::IsItemToggledOpen()) + node_clicked = i; + if (test_drag_and_drop && ImGui::BeginDragDropSource()) + { + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("_TREENODE", NULL, 0); + ImGui::Text("This is a drag and drop source"); + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } + } + } + if (node_clicked != -1) + { + // Update selection state + // (process outside of tree loop to avoid visual inconsistencies during the clicking frame) + if (ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) + selection_mask ^= (1 << node_clicked); // CTRL+click to toggle + else //if (!(selection_mask & (1 << node_clicked))) // Depending on selection behavior you want, may want to preserve selection when clicking on item that is part of the selection + selection_mask = (1 << node_clicked); // Click to single-select + } + if (align_label_with_current_x_position) + ImGui::Indent(ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing()); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgetsVerticalSliders() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgetsVerticalSliders() +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets/Vertical Sliders"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Vertical Sliders")) + { + const float spacing = 4; + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, ImVec2(spacing, spacing)); + + static int int_value = 0; + ImGui::VSliderInt("##int", ImVec2(18, 160), &int_value, 0, 5); + ImGui::SameLine(); + + static float values[7] = { 0.0f, 0.60f, 0.35f, 0.9f, 0.70f, 0.20f, 0.0f }; + ImGui::PushID("set1"); + for (int i = 0; i < 7; i++) + { + if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(i); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBg, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.5f, 0.5f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.6f, 0.5f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.7f, 0.5f)); + ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_SliderGrab, (ImVec4)ImColor::HSV(i / 7.0f, 0.9f, 0.9f)); + ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(18, 160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values[i]); + ImGui::PopStyleColor(4); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID("set2"); + static float values2[4] = { 0.20f, 0.80f, 0.40f, 0.25f }; + const int rows = 3; + const ImVec2 small_slider_size(18, (float)(int)((160.0f - (rows - 1) * spacing) / rows)); + for (int nx = 0; nx < 4; nx++) + { + if (nx > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::BeginGroup(); + for (int ny = 0; ny < rows; ny++) + { + ImGui::PushID(nx * rows + ny); + ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", small_slider_size, &values2[nx], 0.0f, 1.0f, ""); + if (ImGui::IsItemActive() || ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + ImGui::SetTooltip("%.3f", values2[nx]); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::EndGroup(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID("set3"); + for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++) + { + if (i > 0) ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PushID(i); + ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_GrabMinSize, 40); + ImGui::VSliderFloat("##v", ImVec2(40, 160), &values[i], 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f\nsec"); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + ImGui::PopStyleVar(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowWidgets() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowWidgets(ImGuiDemoWindowData* demo_data) +{ + IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Widgets"); + //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); + if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets")) + return; + + const bool disable_all = demo_data->DisableSections; // The Checkbox for that is inside the "Disabled" section at the bottom + if (disable_all) + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + + DemoWindowWidgetsBasic(); + DemoWindowWidgetsBullets(); + DemoWindowWidgetsCollapsingHeaders(); + DemoWindowWidgetsComboBoxes(); + DemoWindowWidgetsColorAndPickers(); + DemoWindowWidgetsDataTypes(); + + if (disable_all) + ImGui::EndDisabled(); + DemoWindowWidgetsDisableBlocks(demo_data); + if (disable_all) + ImGui::BeginDisabled(); + + DemoWindowWidgetsDragAndDrop(); + DemoWindowWidgetsDragsAndSliders(); + DemoWindowWidgetsImages(); + DemoWindowWidgetsListBoxes(); + DemoWindowWidgetsMultiComponents(); + DemoWindowWidgetsPlotting(); + DemoWindowWidgetsProgressBars(); + DemoWindowWidgetsQueryingStatuses(); + DemoWindowWidgetsSelectables(); + DemoWindowWidgetsSelectionAndMultiSelect(demo_data); + DemoWindowWidgetsTabs(); + DemoWindowWidgetsText(); + DemoWindowWidgetsTextFilter(); + DemoWindowWidgetsTextInput(); + DemoWindowWidgetsTooltips(); + DemoWindowWidgetsTreeNodes(); + DemoWindowWidgetsVerticalSliders(); + + if (disable_all) + ImGui::EndDisabled(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] DemoWindowLayout() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static void DemoWindowLayout() { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Layout"); if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Layout & Scrolling")) @@ -4875,10 +5108,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowLayout() } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowPopups() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowPopups() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static void ShowDemoWindowPopups() +static void DemoWindowPopups() { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Popups"); if (!ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Popups & Modal windows")) @@ -5339,10 +5572,10 @@ static void ShowTableColumnsStatusFlags(ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowTables() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowTables() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static void ShowDemoWindowTables() +static void DemoWindowTables() { //ImGui::SetNextItemOpen(true, ImGuiCond_Once); IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Tables"); @@ -7239,7 +7472,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() ImGui::PopID(); - ShowDemoWindowColumns(); + DemoWindowColumns(); if (disable_indent) ImGui::PopStyleVar(); @@ -7247,7 +7480,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowTables() // Demonstrate old/legacy Columns API! // [2020: Columns are under-featured and not maintained. Prefer using the more flexible and powerful BeginTable() API!] -static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() +static void DemoWindowColumns() { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Columns (legacy API)"); bool open = ImGui::TreeNode("Legacy Columns API"); @@ -7454,10 +7687,10 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowColumns() } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] ShowDemoWindowInputs() +// [SECTION] DemoWindowInputs() //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() +static void DemoWindowInputs() { IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus"); if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Inputs & Focus")) @@ -7646,7 +7879,7 @@ static void ShowDemoWindowInputs() IMGUI_DEMO_MARKER("Inputs & Focus/Mouse Cursors"); if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse Cursors")) { - const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "ResizeAll", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand", "NotAllowed" }; + const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "ResizeAll", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand", "Wait", "Progress", "NotAllowed" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); ImGuiMouseCursor current = ImGui::GetMouseCursor(); @@ -7824,6 +8057,9 @@ void ImGui::ShowAboutWindow(bool* p_open) #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_FUNCTIONS"); #endif +#ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS + ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_SHELL_FUNCTIONS"); +#endif #ifdef IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS ImGui::Text("define: IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_FORMAT_FUNCTIONS"); #endif @@ -8062,10 +8298,6 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::SliderFloat("ChildBorderSize", &style.ChildBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupBorderSize", &style.PopupBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("FrameBorderSize", &style.FrameBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBarBorderSize", &style.TabBarBorderSize, 0.0f, 2.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBarOverlineSize", &style.TabBarOverlineSize, 0.0f, 3.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Overline is only drawn over the selected tab when ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline is set."); ImGui::SeparatorText("Rounding"); ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowRounding", &style.WindowRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); @@ -8074,6 +8306,14 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::SliderFloat("PopupRounding", &style.PopupRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("ScrollbarRounding", &style.ScrollbarRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("GrabRounding", &style.GrabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Tabs"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBorderSize", &style.TabBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBarBorderSize", &style.TabBarBorderSize, 0.0f, 2.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("TabBarOverlineSize", &style.TabBarOverlineSize, 0.0f, 3.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Overline is only drawn over the selected tab when ImGuiTabBarFlags_DrawSelectedOverline is set."); + ImGui::DragFloat("TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected", &style.TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected, 0.1f, -1.0f, 100.0f, (style.TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected < 0.0f) ? "%.0f (Always)" : "%.0f"); + ImGui::DragFloat("TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected", &style.TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected, 0.1f, -1.0f, 100.0f, (style.TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected < 0.0f) ? "%.0f (Always)" : "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("TabRounding", &style.TabRounding, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SeparatorText("Tables"); @@ -8081,11 +8321,14 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::SliderAngle("TableAngledHeadersAngle", &style.TableAngledHeadersAngle, -50.0f, +50.0f); ImGui::SliderFloat2("TableAngledHeadersTextAlign", (float*)&style.TableAngledHeadersTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); - ImGui::SeparatorText("Widgets"); + ImGui::SeparatorText("Windows"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("WindowTitleAlign", (float*)&style.WindowTitleAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("WindowBorderHoverPadding", &style.WindowBorderHoverPadding, 1.0f, 20.0f, "%.0f"); int window_menu_button_position = style.WindowMenuButtonPosition + 1; if (ImGui::Combo("WindowMenuButtonPosition", (int*)&window_menu_button_position, "None\0Left\0Right\0")) style.WindowMenuButtonPosition = (ImGuiDir)(window_menu_button_position - 1); + + ImGui::SeparatorText("Widgets"); ImGui::Combo("ColorButtonPosition", (int*)&style.ColorButtonPosition, "Left\0Right\0"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("ButtonTextAlign", (float*)&style.ButtonTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Alignment applies when a button is larger than its text content."); @@ -8095,6 +8338,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextAlign", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextAlign, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SliderFloat2("SeparatorTextPadding", (float*)&style.SeparatorTextPadding, 0.0f, 40.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SliderFloat("LogSliderDeadzone", &style.LogSliderDeadzone, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::SliderFloat("ImageBorderSize", &style.ImageBorderSize, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.0f"); ImGui::SeparatorText("Docking"); ImGui::SliderFloat("DockingSplitterSize", &style.DockingSeparatorSize, 0.0f, 12.0f, "%.0f"); @@ -8272,7 +8516,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::EndTooltip(); } ImGui::SameLine(); - HelpMarker("When drawing circle primitives with \"num_segments == 0\" tesselation will be calculated automatically."); + HelpMarker("When drawing circle primitives with \"num_segments == 0\" tessellation will be calculated automatically."); ImGui::DragFloat("Global Alpha", &style.Alpha, 0.005f, 0.20f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); // Not exposing zero here so user doesn't "lose" the UI (zero alpha clips all widgets). But application code could have a toggle to switch between zero and non-zero. ImGui::DragFloat("Disabled Alpha", &style.DisabledAlpha, 0.005f, 0.0f, 1.0f, "%.2f"); ImGui::SameLine(); HelpMarker("Additional alpha multiplier for disabled items (multiply over current value of Alpha)."); @@ -8303,12 +8547,12 @@ void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Tab to select a window."); if (io.FontAllowUserScaling) ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Mouse Wheel to zoom window contents."); - ImGui::BulletText("While inputing text:\n"); + ImGui::BulletText("While inputting text:\n"); ImGui::Indent(); ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Left/Right to word jump."); ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+A or double-click to select all."); ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+X/C/V to use clipboard cut/copy/paste."); - ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y to undo/redo."); + ImGui::BulletText("CTRL+Z to undo, CTRL+Y/CTRL+SHIFT+Z to redo."); ImGui::BulletText("ESCAPE to revert."); ImGui::Unindent(); ImGui::BulletText("With keyboard navigation enabled:"); @@ -8344,7 +8588,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() if (ImGui::BeginMenu("Edit")) { if (ImGui::MenuItem("Undo", "CTRL+Z")) {} - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Redo", "CTRL+Y", false, false)) {} // Disabled item + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Redo", "CTRL+Y", false, false)) {} // Disabled item ImGui::Separator(); if (ImGui::MenuItem("Cut", "CTRL+X")) {} if (ImGui::MenuItem("Copy", "CTRL+C")) {} @@ -8734,7 +8978,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole else { // Multiple matches. Complete as much as we can.. - // So inputing "C"+Tab will complete to "CL" then display "CLEAR" and "CLASSIFY" as matches. + // So inputting "C"+Tab will complete to "CL" then display "CLEAR" and "CLASSIFY" as matches. int match_len = (int)(word_end - word_start); for (;;) { @@ -9595,7 +9839,7 @@ static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) float th = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness; draw_list->AddNgon(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, ngon_sides, th); x += sz + spacing; // N-gon draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Circle - draw_list->AddEllipse(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), ImVec2(sz*0.5f, sz*0.3f), col, -0.3f, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Ellipse + draw_list->AddEllipse(ImVec2(x + sz*0.5f, y + sz*0.5f), ImVec2(sz*0.5f, sz*0.3f), col, -0.3f, circle_segments, th); x += sz + spacing; // Ellipse draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, ImDrawFlags_None, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with all rounded corners draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x + sz, y + sz), col, rounding, corners_tl_br, th); x += sz + spacing; // Square with two rounded corners diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_draw.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_draw.cpp index 36dddced1..c02291aa1 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_draw.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.91.8 +// dear imgui, v1.91.9 // (drawing and font code) /* @@ -68,6 +68,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wnontrivial-memaccess" // warning: first argument in call to 'memset' is a pointer to non-trivially copyable type #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wcast-qual" // warning: cast from 'const xxxx *' to 'xxx *' drops const qualifier +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch-default" // warning: 'switch' missing 'default' label #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function" // warning: 'xxxx' defined but not used @@ -143,6 +144,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #define STBTT_fabs(x) ImFabs(x) #define STBTT_ifloor(x) ((int)ImFloor(x)) #define STBTT_iceil(x) ((int)ImCeil(x)) +#define STBTT_strlen(x) ImStrlen(x) #define STBTT_STATIC #define STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION #else @@ -380,6 +382,7 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); + InitialFringeScale = 1.0f; for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); i++) { const float a = ((float)i * 2 * IM_PI) / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(ArcFastVtx); @@ -439,7 +442,7 @@ void ImDrawList::_ResetForNewFrame() _Path.resize(0); _Splitter.Clear(); CmdBuffer.push_back(ImDrawCmd()); - _FringeScale = 1.0f; + _FringeScale = _Data->InitialFringeScale; } void ImDrawList::_ClearFreeMemory() @@ -2503,13 +2506,13 @@ ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() // - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectRegular() // - ImFontAtlas::AddCustomRectFontGlyph() // - ImFontAtlas::CalcCustomRectUV() -// - ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData() +// - ImFontAtlasGetMouseCursorTexData() // - ImFontAtlas::Build() // - ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable() // - ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8() // - ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype() // - ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype() -// - ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers() +// - ImFontAtlasUpdateSourcesPointers() // - ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont() // - ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects() // - ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString() @@ -2567,6 +2570,8 @@ static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3 { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE { ImVec2(91,0), ImVec2(17,22), ImVec2( 5, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand + { ImVec2(0,3), ImVec2(12,19), ImVec2(0, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Wait // Arrow + custom code in ImGui::RenderMouseCursor() + { ImVec2(0,3), ImVec2(12,19), ImVec2(0, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Progress // Arrow + custom code in ImGui::RenderMouseCursor() { ImVec2(109,0),ImVec2(13,15), ImVec2( 6, 7) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_NotAllowed }; @@ -2586,7 +2591,7 @@ ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas() void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData() { IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); - for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : ConfigData) + for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : Sources) if (font_cfg.FontData && font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas) { IM_FREE(font_cfg.FontData); @@ -2595,12 +2600,12 @@ void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData() // When clearing this we lose access to the font name and other information used to build the font. for (ImFont* font : Fonts) - if (font->ConfigData >= ConfigData.Data && font->ConfigData < ConfigData.Data + ConfigData.Size) + if (font->Sources >= Sources.Data && font->Sources < Sources.Data + Sources.Size) { - font->ConfigData = NULL; - font->ConfigDataCount = 0; + font->Sources = NULL; + font->SourcesCount = 0; } - ConfigData.clear(); + Sources.clear(); CustomRects.clear(); PackIdMouseCursors = PackIdLines = -1; // Important: we leave TexReady untouched @@ -2683,8 +2688,8 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg) else IM_ASSERT(Fonts.Size > 0 && "Cannot use MergeMode for the first font"); // When using MergeMode make sure that a font has already been added before. You can use ImGui::GetIO().Fonts->AddFontDefault() to add the default imgui font. - ConfigData.push_back(*font_cfg); - ImFontConfig& new_font_cfg = ConfigData.back(); + Sources.push_back(*font_cfg); + ImFontConfig& new_font_cfg = Sources.back(); if (new_font_cfg.DstFont == NULL) new_font_cfg.DstFont = Fonts.back(); if (!new_font_cfg.FontDataOwnedByAtlas) @@ -2700,8 +2705,8 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg) // - We may support it better later and remove this rounding. new_font_cfg.SizePixels = ImTrunc(new_font_cfg.SizePixels); - // Pointers to ConfigData and BuilderData are otherwise dangling - ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(this); + // Pointers to Sources data are otherwise dangling + ImFontAtlasUpdateSourcesPointers(this); // Invalidate texture TexReady = false; @@ -2771,7 +2776,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, { // Store a short copy of filename into into the font name for convenience const char* p; - for (p = filename + strlen(filename); p > filename && p[-1] != '/' && p[-1] != '\\'; p--) {} + for (p = filename + ImStrlen(filename); p > filename && p[-1] != '/' && p[-1] != '\\'; p--) {} ImFormatString(font_cfg.Name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(font_cfg.Name), "%s, %.0fpx", p, size_pixels); } return AddFontFromMemoryTTF(data, (int)data_size, size_pixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges); @@ -2806,7 +2811,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_ttf_d ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_ttf_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) { - int compressed_ttf_size = (((int)strlen(compressed_ttf_data_base85) + 4) / 5) * 4; + int compressed_ttf_size = (((int)ImStrlen(compressed_ttf_data_base85) + 4) / 5) * 4; void* compressed_ttf = IM_ALLOC((size_t)compressed_ttf_size); Decode85((const unsigned char*)compressed_ttf_data_base85, (unsigned char*)compressed_ttf); ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(compressed_ttf, compressed_ttf_size, size_pixels, font_cfg, glyph_ranges); @@ -2853,24 +2858,24 @@ void ImFontAtlas::CalcCustomRectUV(const ImFontAtlasCustomRect* rect, ImVec2* ou *out_uv_max = ImVec2((float)(rect->X + rect->Width) * TexUvScale.x, (float)(rect->Y + rect->Height) * TexUvScale.y); } -bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]) +bool ImFontAtlasGetMouseCursorTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]) { if (cursor_type <= ImGuiMouseCursor_None || cursor_type >= ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT) return false; - if (Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors) + if (atlas->Flags & ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors) return false; - IM_ASSERT(PackIdMouseCursors != -1); - ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = GetCustomRectByIndex(PackIdMouseCursors); + IM_ASSERT(atlas->PackIdMouseCursors != -1); + ImFontAtlasCustomRect* r = atlas->GetCustomRectByIndex(atlas->PackIdMouseCursors); ImVec2 pos = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][0] + ImVec2((float)r->X, (float)r->Y); ImVec2 size = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][1]; *out_size = size; *out_offset = FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[cursor_type][2]; - out_uv_border[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale; - out_uv_border[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale; + out_uv_border[0] = (pos) * atlas->TexUvScale; + out_uv_border[1] = (pos + size) * atlas->TexUvScale; pos.x += FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W + 1; - out_uv_fill[0] = (pos) * TexUvScale; - out_uv_fill[1] = (pos + size) * TexUvScale; + out_uv_fill[0] = (pos) * atlas->TexUvScale; + out_uv_fill[1] = (pos + size) * atlas->TexUvScale; return true; } @@ -2879,7 +2884,7 @@ bool ImFontAtlas::Build() IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); // Default font is none are specified - if (ConfigData.Size == 0) + if (Sources.Size == 0) AddFontDefault(); // Select builder @@ -2921,11 +2926,11 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsig *data = table[*data]; } -void ImFontAtlasBuildGetOversampleFactors(const ImFontConfig* cfg, int* out_oversample_h, int* out_oversample_v) +void ImFontAtlasBuildGetOversampleFactors(const ImFontConfig* src, int* out_oversample_h, int* out_oversample_v) { // Automatically disable horizontal oversampling over size 36 - *out_oversample_h = (cfg->OversampleH != 0) ? cfg->OversampleH : (cfg->SizePixels * cfg->RasterizerDensity > 36.0f || cfg->PixelSnapH) ? 1 : 2; - *out_oversample_v = (cfg->OversampleV != 0) ? cfg->OversampleV : 1; + *out_oversample_h = (src->OversampleH != 0) ? src->OversampleH : (src->SizePixels * src->RasterizerDensity > 36.0f || src->PixelSnapH) ? 1 : 2; + *out_oversample_v = (src->OversampleV != 0) ? src->OversampleV : 1; } #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE @@ -2968,7 +2973,7 @@ static void UnpackBitVectorToFlatIndexList(const ImBitVector* in, ImVector* static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { - IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0); + IM_ASSERT(atlas->Sources.Size > 0); ImFontAtlasBuildInit(atlas); @@ -2982,32 +2987,32 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // Temporary storage for building ImVector src_tmp_array; ImVector dst_tmp_array; - src_tmp_array.resize(atlas->ConfigData.Size); + src_tmp_array.resize(atlas->Sources.Size); dst_tmp_array.resize(atlas->Fonts.Size); memset(src_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)src_tmp_array.size_in_bytes()); memset(dst_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)dst_tmp_array.size_in_bytes()); // 1. Initialize font loading structure, check font data validity - for (int src_i = 0; src_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; src_i++) + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < atlas->Sources.Size; src_i++) { ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; - ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; - IM_ASSERT(cfg.DstFont && (!cfg.DstFont->IsLoaded() || cfg.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == atlas)); + ImFontConfig& src = atlas->Sources[src_i]; + IM_ASSERT(src.DstFont && (!src.DstFont->IsLoaded() || src.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == atlas)); - // Find index from cfg.DstFont (we allow the user to set cfg.DstFont. Also it makes casual debugging nicer than when storing indices) + // Find index from src.DstFont (we allow the user to set cfg.DstFont. Also it makes casual debugging nicer than when storing indices) src_tmp.DstIndex = -1; for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++) - if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i]) + if (src.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i]) src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i; if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1) { - IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array? + IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // src.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array? return false; } // Initialize helper structure for font loading and verify that the TTF/OTF data is correct - const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, cfg.FontNo); + const int font_offset = stbtt_GetFontOffsetForIndex((unsigned char*)src.FontData, src.FontNo); IM_ASSERT(font_offset >= 0 && "FontData is incorrect, or FontNo cannot be found."); - if (!stbtt_InitFont(&src_tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)cfg.FontData, font_offset)) + if (!stbtt_InitFont(&src_tmp.FontInfo, (unsigned char*)src.FontData, font_offset)) { IM_ASSERT(0 && "stbtt_InitFont(): failed to parse FontData. It is correct and complete? Check FontDataSize."); return false; @@ -3015,7 +3020,7 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // Measure highest codepoints ImFontBuildDstData& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex]; - src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault(); + src_tmp.SrcRanges = src.GlyphRanges ? src.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault(); for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2) { // Check for valid range. This may also help detect *some* dangling pointers, because a common @@ -3094,12 +3099,12 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) buf_packedchars_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount; // Automatic selection of oversampling parameters - ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; + ImFontConfig& src = atlas->Sources[src_i]; int oversample_h, oversample_v; - ImFontAtlasBuildGetOversampleFactors(&cfg, &oversample_h, &oversample_v); + ImFontAtlasBuildGetOversampleFactors(&src, &oversample_h, &oversample_v); // Convert our ranges in the format stb_truetype wants - src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity; + src_tmp.PackRange.font_size = src.SizePixels * src.RasterizerDensity; src_tmp.PackRange.first_unicode_codepoint_in_range = 0; src_tmp.PackRange.array_of_unicode_codepoints = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Data; src_tmp.PackRange.num_chars = src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; @@ -3108,7 +3113,7 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) src_tmp.PackRange.v_oversample = (unsigned char)oversample_v; // Gather the sizes of all rectangles we will need to pack (this loop is based on stbtt_PackFontRangesGatherRects) - const float scale = (cfg.SizePixels > 0.0f) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -cfg.SizePixels * cfg.RasterizerDensity); + const float scale = (src.SizePixels > 0.0f) ? stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, src.SizePixels * src.RasterizerDensity) : stbtt_ScaleForMappingEmToPixels(&src_tmp.FontInfo, -src.SizePixels * src.RasterizerDensity); for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; glyph_i++) { int x0, y0, x1, y1; @@ -3177,7 +3182,7 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) // 8. Render/rasterize font characters into the texture for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) { - ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; + ImFontConfig& src = atlas->Sources[src_i]; ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) continue; @@ -3185,10 +3190,10 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) stbtt_PackFontRangesRenderIntoRects(&spc, &src_tmp.FontInfo, &src_tmp.PackRange, 1, src_tmp.Rects); // Apply multiply operator - if (cfg.RasterizerMultiply != 1.0f) + if (src.RasterizerMultiply != 1.0f) { unsigned char multiply_table[256]; - ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(multiply_table, cfg.RasterizerMultiply); + ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(multiply_table, src.RasterizerMultiply); stbrp_rect* r = &src_tmp.Rects[0]; for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++, r++) if (r->was_packed) @@ -3206,22 +3211,22 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { // When merging fonts with MergeMode=true: // - We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font. - // - dst_font->ConfigData is != from cfg which is our source configuration. + // - dst_font->Sources is != from src which is our source configuration. ImFontBuildSrcData& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; - ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; - ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont; + ImFontConfig& src = atlas->Sources[src_i]; + ImFont* dst_font = src.DstFont; - const float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, cfg.SizePixels); + const float font_scale = stbtt_ScaleForPixelHeight(&src_tmp.FontInfo, src.SizePixels); int unscaled_ascent, unscaled_descent, unscaled_line_gap; stbtt_GetFontVMetrics(&src_tmp.FontInfo, &unscaled_ascent, &unscaled_descent, &unscaled_line_gap); const float ascent = ImCeil(unscaled_ascent * font_scale); const float descent = ImFloor(unscaled_descent * font_scale); - ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent); - const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x; - const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent); + ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &src, ascent, descent); + const float font_off_x = src.GlyphOffset.x; + const float font_off_y = src.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent); - const float inv_rasterization_scale = 1.0f / cfg.RasterizerDensity; + const float inv_rasterization_scale = 1.0f / src.RasterizerDensity; for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++) { @@ -3235,7 +3240,7 @@ static bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(ImFontAtlas* atlas) float y0 = q.y0 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_y; float x1 = q.x1 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_x; float y1 = q.y1 * inv_rasterization_scale + font_off_y; - dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance * inv_rasterization_scale); + dst_font->AddGlyph(&src, (ImWchar)codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, q.s0, q.t0, q.s1, q.t1, pc.xadvance * inv_rasterization_scale); } } @@ -3255,17 +3260,17 @@ const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype() #endif // IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE -void ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas) +void ImFontAtlasUpdateSourcesPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas) { - for (ImFontConfig& font_cfg : atlas->ConfigData) + for (ImFontConfig& src : atlas->Sources) { - ImFont* font = font_cfg.DstFont; - if (!font_cfg.MergeMode) + ImFont* font = src.DstFont; + if (!src.MergeMode) { - font->ConfigData = &font_cfg; - font->ConfigDataCount = 0; + font->Sources = &src; + font->SourcesCount = 0; } - font->ConfigDataCount++; + font->SourcesCount++; } } @@ -3275,7 +3280,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* f { font->ClearOutputData(); font->FontSize = font_config->SizePixels; - IM_ASSERT(font->ConfigData == font_config); + IM_ASSERT(font->Sources == font_config); font->ContainerAtlas = atlas; font->Ascent = ascent; font->Descent = descent; @@ -3460,7 +3465,7 @@ void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas) if (r->Font == NULL || r->GlyphID == 0) continue; - // Will ignore ImFontConfig settings: GlyphMinAdvanceX, GlyphMinAdvanceY, GlyphExtraSpacing, PixelSnapH + // Will ignore ImFontConfig settings: GlyphMinAdvanceX, GlyphMinAdvanceY, PixelSnapH IM_ASSERT(r->Font->ContainerAtlas == atlas); ImVec2 uv0, uv1; atlas->CalcCustomRectUV(r, &uv0, &uv1); @@ -3796,21 +3801,8 @@ void ImFontGlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges) ImFont::ImFont() { - FontSize = 0.0f; - FallbackAdvanceX = 0.0f; - FallbackChar = 0; - EllipsisChar = 0; - EllipsisWidth = EllipsisCharStep = 0.0f; - EllipsisCharCount = 0; - FallbackGlyph = NULL; - ContainerAtlas = NULL; - ConfigData = NULL; - ConfigDataCount = 0; - DirtyLookupTables = false; + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); Scale = 1.0f; - Ascent = Descent = 0.0f; - MetricsTotalSurface = 0; - memset(Used8kPagesMap, 0, sizeof(Used8kPagesMap)); } ImFont::~ImFont() @@ -3881,8 +3873,10 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() } // Mark special glyphs as not visible (note that AddGlyph already mark as non-visible glyphs with zero-size polygons) - SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)' ', false); - SetGlyphVisible((ImWchar)'\t', false); + if (ImFontGlyph* glyph = (ImFontGlyph*)(void*)FindGlyph((ImWchar)' ')) + glyph->Visible = false; + if (ImFontGlyph* glyph = (ImFontGlyph*)(void*)FindGlyph((ImWchar)'\t')) + glyph->Visible = false; // Setup Fallback character const ImWchar fallback_chars[] = { (ImWchar)IM_UNICODE_CODEPOINT_INVALID, (ImWchar)'?', (ImWchar)' ' }; @@ -3905,7 +3899,7 @@ void ImFont::BuildLookupTable() // Setup Ellipsis character. It is required for rendering elided text. We prefer using U+2026 (horizontal ellipsis). // However some old fonts may contain ellipsis at U+0085. Here we auto-detect most suitable ellipsis character. // FIXME: Note that 0x2026 is rarely included in our font ranges. Because of this we are more likely to use three individual dots. - const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { ConfigData->EllipsisChar, (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; + const ImWchar ellipsis_chars[] = { Sources->EllipsisChar, (ImWchar)0x2026, (ImWchar)0x0085 }; const ImWchar dots_chars[] = { (ImWchar)'.', (ImWchar)0xFF0E }; if (EllipsisChar == 0) EllipsisChar = FindFirstExistingGlyph(this, ellipsis_chars, IM_ARRAYSIZE(ellipsis_chars)); @@ -3938,12 +3932,6 @@ bool ImFont::IsGlyphRangeUnused(unsigned int c_begin, unsigned int c_last) return true; } -void ImFont::SetGlyphVisible(ImWchar c, bool visible) -{ - if (ImFontGlyph* glyph = (ImFontGlyph*)(void*)FindGlyph((ImWchar)c)) - glyph->Visible = visible ? 1 : 0; -} - void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size) { IM_ASSERT(IndexAdvanceX.Size == IndexLookup.Size); @@ -3955,27 +3943,27 @@ void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size) // x0/y0/x1/y1 are offset from the character upper-left layout position, in pixels. Therefore x0/y0 are often fairly close to zero. // Not to be mistaken with texture coordinates, which are held by u0/v0/u1/v1 in normalized format (0.0..1.0 on each texture axis). -// 'cfg' is not necessarily == 'this->ConfigData' because multiple source fonts+configs can be used to build one target font. -void ImFont::AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* cfg, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x) +// 'src' is not necessarily == 'this->Sources' because multiple source fonts+configs can be used to build one target font. +void ImFont::AddGlyph(const ImFontConfig* src, ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x) { - if (cfg != NULL) + if (src != NULL) { // Clamp & recenter if needed const float advance_x_original = advance_x; - advance_x = ImClamp(advance_x, cfg->GlyphMinAdvanceX, cfg->GlyphMaxAdvanceX); + advance_x = ImClamp(advance_x, src->GlyphMinAdvanceX, src->GlyphMaxAdvanceX); if (advance_x != advance_x_original) { - float char_off_x = cfg->PixelSnapH ? ImTrunc((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f; + float char_off_x = src->PixelSnapH ? ImTrunc((advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f) : (advance_x - advance_x_original) * 0.5f; x0 += char_off_x; x1 += char_off_x; } // Snap to pixel - if (cfg->PixelSnapH) + if (src->PixelSnapH) advance_x = IM_ROUND(advance_x); - // Bake spacing - advance_x += cfg->GlyphExtraSpacing.x; + // Bake extra spacing + advance_x += src->GlyphExtraAdvanceX; } int glyph_idx = Glyphs.Size; @@ -4018,7 +4006,7 @@ void ImFont::AddRemapChar(ImWchar dst, ImWchar src, bool overwrite_dst) } // Find glyph, return fallback if missing -const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(ImWchar c) +ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(ImWchar c) { if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size) return FallbackGlyph; @@ -4028,7 +4016,7 @@ const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyph(ImWchar c) return &Glyphs.Data[i]; } -const ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) +ImFontGlyph* ImFont::FindGlyphNoFallback(ImWchar c) { if (c >= (size_t)IndexLookup.Size) return NULL; @@ -4154,7 +4142,7 @@ const char* ImFont::CalcWordWrapPositionA(float scale, const char* text, const c ImVec2 ImFont::CalcTextSizeA(float size, float max_width, float wrap_width, const char* text_begin, const char* text_end, const char** remaining) { if (!text_end) - text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // FIXME-OPT: Need to avoid this. + text_end = text_begin + ImStrlen(text_begin); // FIXME-OPT: Need to avoid this. const float line_height = size; const float scale = size / FontSize; @@ -4254,7 +4242,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im return; if (!text_end) - text_end = text_begin + strlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls. + text_end = text_begin + ImStrlen(text_begin); // ImGui:: functions generally already provides a valid text_end, so this is merely to handle direct calls. const float scale = size / FontSize; const float line_height = FontSize * scale; @@ -4266,7 +4254,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im if (y + line_height < clip_rect.y) while (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && s < text_end) { - const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', text_end - s); + const char* line_end = (const char*)ImMemchr(s, '\n', text_end - s); if (word_wrap_enabled) { // FIXME-OPT: This is not optimal as do first do a search for \n before calling CalcWordWrapPositionA(). @@ -4290,7 +4278,7 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, const ImVec2& pos, Im float y_end = y; while (y_end < clip_rect.w && s_end < text_end) { - s_end = (const char*)memchr(s_end, '\n', text_end - s_end); + s_end = (const char*)ImMemchr(s_end, '\n', text_end - s_end); s_end = s_end ? s_end + 1 : text_end; y_end += line_height; } diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_internal.h b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_internal.h index 0fb515677..a22073c0a 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_internal.h +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_internal.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.91.8 +// dear imgui, v1.91.9 // (internal structures/api) // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend Dear ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility. @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ Index of this file: // [SECTION] Macros // [SECTION] Generic helpers // [SECTION] ImDrawList support +// [SECTION] Style support // [SECTION] Data types support // [SECTION] Widgets support: flags, enums, data structures // [SECTION] Popup support @@ -145,7 +146,6 @@ struct ImGuiBoxSelectState; // Box-selection state (currently used by mu struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it struct ImGuiContext; // Main Dear ImGui context struct ImGuiContextHook; // Hook for extensions like ImGuiTestEngine -struct ImGuiDataVarInfo; // Variable information (e.g. to access style variables from an enum) struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo; // Type information associated to a ImGuiDataType enum struct ImGuiDeactivatedItemData; // Data for IsItemDeactivated()/IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() function. struct ImGuiDockContext; // Docking system context @@ -170,6 +170,7 @@ struct ImGuiOldColumns; // Storage data for a columns set for legacy struct ImGuiPopupData; // Storage for current popup stack struct ImGuiSettingsHandler; // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file struct ImGuiStyleMod; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it +struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo; // Style variable information (e.g. to access style variables from an enum) struct ImGuiTabBar; // Storage for a tab bar struct ImGuiTabItem; // Storage for a tab item (within a tab bar) struct ImGuiTable; // Storage for a table @@ -377,11 +378,14 @@ static inline void ImQsort(void* base, size_t count, size_t size_of_element IMGUI_API ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColors(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b); // Helpers: Bit manipulation -static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } -static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } -static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } +static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } +static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(ImU64 v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } +static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } +static inline unsigned int ImCountSetBits(unsigned int v) { unsigned int count = 0; while (v > 0) { v = v & (v - 1); count++; } return count; } // Helpers: String +#define ImStrlen strlen +#define ImMemchr memchr IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); // Case insensitive compare. IMGUI_API int ImStrnicmp(const char* str1, const char* str2, size_t count); // Case insensitive compare to a certain count. IMGUI_API void ImStrncpy(char* dst, const char* src, size_t count); // Copy to a certain count and always zero terminate (strncpy doesn't). @@ -797,8 +801,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData float FontScale; // Current/default font scale (== FontSize / Font->FontSize) float CurveTessellationTol; // Tessellation tolerance when using PathBezierCurveTo() float CircleSegmentMaxError; // Number of circle segments to use per pixel of radius for AddCircle() etc - ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen() + float InitialFringeScale; // Initial scale to apply to AA fringe ImDrawListFlags InitialFlags; // Initial flags at the beginning of the frame (it is possible to alter flags on a per-drawlist basis afterwards) + ImVec4 ClipRectFullscreen; // Value for PushClipRectFullscreen() ImVector TempBuffer; // Temporary write buffer // Lookup tables @@ -819,17 +824,38 @@ struct ImDrawDataBuilder }; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// [SECTION] Data types support +// [SECTION] Style support //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -struct ImGuiDataVarInfo +struct ImGuiStyleVarInfo { - ImGuiDataType Type; - ImU32 Count; // 1+ - ImU32 Offset; // Offset in parent structure + ImU32 Count : 8; // 1+ + ImGuiDataType DataType : 8; + ImU32 Offset : 16; // Offset in parent structure void* GetVarPtr(void* parent) const { return (void*)((unsigned char*)parent + Offset); } }; +// Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it +struct ImGuiColorMod +{ + ImGuiCol Col; + ImVec4 BackupValue; +}; + +// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable. +struct ImGuiStyleMod +{ + ImGuiStyleVar VarIdx; + union { int BackupInt[2]; float BackupFloat[2]; }; + ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, int v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupInt[0] = v; } + ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v; } + ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; } +}; + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Data types support +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + struct ImGuiDataTypeStorage { ImU8 Data[8]; // Opaque storage to fit any data up to ImGuiDataType_COUNT @@ -847,7 +873,7 @@ struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo // Extend ImGuiDataType_ enum ImGuiDataTypePrivate_ { - ImGuiDataType_Pointer = ImGuiDataType_COUNT + 1, + ImGuiDataType_Pointer = ImGuiDataType_COUNT, ImGuiDataType_ID, }; @@ -1052,23 +1078,6 @@ enum ImGuiPlotType ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, }; -// Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it -struct ImGuiColorMod -{ - ImGuiCol Col; - ImVec4 BackupValue; -}; - -// Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it. Data type inferred from the variable. -struct ImGuiStyleMod -{ - ImGuiStyleVar VarIdx; - union { int BackupInt[2]; float BackupFloat[2]; }; - ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, int v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupInt[0] = v; } - ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, float v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v; } - ImGuiStyleMod(ImGuiStyleVar idx, ImVec2 v) { VarIdx = idx; BackupFloat[0] = v.x; BackupFloat[1] = v.y; } -}; - // Storage data for BeginComboPreview()/EndComboPreview() struct IMGUI_API ImGuiComboPreviewData { @@ -1212,17 +1221,20 @@ enum ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_ ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasFocus = 1 << 5, ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasBgAlpha = 1 << 6, ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll = 1 << 7, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags = 1 << 8, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy = 1 << 9, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport = 1 << 10, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock = 1 << 11, - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass = 1 << 12, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowFlags = 1 << 8, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags = 1 << 9, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasRefreshPolicy = 1 << 10, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasViewport = 1 << 11, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasDock = 1 << 12, + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowClass = 1 << 13, }; // Storage for SetNexWindow** functions struct ImGuiNextWindowData { - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags Flags; + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags HasFlags; + + // Members below are NOT cleared. Always rely on HasFlags. ImGuiCond PosCond; ImGuiCond SizeCond; ImGuiCond CollapsedCond; @@ -1232,6 +1244,7 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData ImVec2 SizeVal; ImVec2 ContentSizeVal; ImVec2 ScrollVal; + ImGuiWindowFlags WindowFlags; // Only honored by BeginTable() ImGuiChildFlags ChildFlags; bool PosUndock; bool CollapsedVal; @@ -1246,7 +1259,7 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData ImGuiWindowRefreshFlags RefreshFlagsVal; ImGuiNextWindowData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } - inline void ClearFlags() { Flags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; } + inline void ClearFlags() { HasFlags = ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_None; } }; enum ImGuiNextItemDataFlags_ @@ -1263,7 +1276,8 @@ struct ImGuiNextItemData { ImGuiNextItemDataFlags HasFlags; // Called HasFlags instead of Flags to avoid mistaking this ImGuiItemFlags ItemFlags; // Currently only tested/used for ImGuiItemFlags_AllowOverlap and ImGuiItemFlags_HasSelectionUserData. - // Non-flags members are NOT cleared by ItemAdd() meaning they are still valid during NavProcessItem() + + // Members below are NOT cleared by ItemAdd() meaning they are still valid during e.g. NavProcessItem(). Always rely on HasFlags. ImGuiID FocusScopeId; // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() ImGuiSelectionUserData SelectionUserData; // Set by SetNextItemSelectionUserData() (note that NULL/0 is a valid value, we use -1 == ImGuiSelectionUserData_Invalid to mark invalid values) float Width; // Set by SetNextItemWidth() @@ -1331,6 +1345,7 @@ struct ImGuiWindowStackData ImGuiLastItemData ParentLastItemDataBackup; ImGuiErrorRecoveryState StackSizesInBegin; // Store size of various stacks for asserting bool DisabledOverrideReenable; // Non-child window override disabled flag + float DisabledOverrideReenableAlphaBackup; }; struct ImGuiShrinkWidthItem @@ -2191,7 +2206,6 @@ struct ImGuiMetricsConfig bool ShowDrawCmdMesh = true; bool ShowDrawCmdBoundingBoxes = true; bool ShowTextEncodingViewer = false; - bool ShowAtlasTintedWithTextColor = false; bool ShowDockingNodes = false; int ShowWindowsRectsType = -1; int ShowTablesRectsType = -1; @@ -2219,6 +2233,7 @@ struct ImGuiIDStackTool ImVector Results; bool CopyToClipboardOnCtrlC; float CopyToClipboardLastTime; + ImGuiTextBuffer ResultPathBuf; ImGuiIDStackTool() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); CopyToClipboardLastTime = -FLT_MAX; } }; @@ -2286,7 +2301,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImVector CurrentWindowStack; ImGuiStorage WindowsById; // Map window's ImGuiID to ImGuiWindow* int WindowsActiveCount; // Number of unique windows submitted by frame - ImVec2 WindowsHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, WINDOWS_HOVER_PADDING). + float WindowsBorderHoverPadding; // Padding around resizable windows for which hovering on counts as hovering the window == ImMax(style.TouchExtraPadding, style.WindowBorderHoverPadding). This isn't so multi-dpi friendly. ImGuiID DebugBreakInWindow; // Set to break in Begin() call. ImGuiWindow* CurrentWindow; // Window being drawn into ImGuiWindow* HoveredWindow; // Window the mouse is hovering. Will typically catch mouse inputs. @@ -2737,6 +2752,8 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImVec2 ScrollbarSizes; // Size taken by each scrollbars on their smaller axis. Pay attention! ScrollbarSizes.x == width of the vertical scrollbar, ScrollbarSizes.y = height of the horizontal scrollbar. ImVec2 InertialScrollSpeed; // current speed of inertial scroll (AKA "swipe") bool ScrollbarX, ScrollbarY; // Are scrollbars visible? + bool ScrollbarXStabilizeEnabled; // Was ScrollbarX previously auto-stabilized? + ImU8 ScrollbarXStabilizeToggledHistory; // Used to stabilize scrollbar visibility in case of feedback loops bool ViewportOwned; bool Active; // Set to true on Begin(), unless Collapsed bool WasActive; @@ -3042,7 +3059,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable { ImGuiID ID; ImGuiTableFlags Flags; - void* RawData; // Single allocation to hold Columns[], DisplayOrderToIndex[] and RowCellData[] + void* RawData; // Single allocation to hold Columns[], DisplayOrderToIndex[], and RowCellData[] ImGuiTableTempData* TempData; // Transient data while table is active. Point within g.CurrentTableStack[] ImSpan Columns; // Point within RawData[] ImSpan DisplayOrderToIndex; // Point within RawData[]. Store display order of columns (when not reordered, the values are 0...Count-1) @@ -3056,7 +3073,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable int ColumnsCount; // Number of columns declared in BeginTable() int CurrentRow; int CurrentColumn; - ImS16 InstanceCurrent; // Count of BeginTable() calls with same ID in the same frame (generally 0). This is a little bit similar to BeginCount for a window, but multiple table with same ID look are multiple tables, they are just synched. + ImS16 InstanceCurrent; // Count of BeginTable() calls with same ID in the same frame (generally 0). This is a little bit similar to BeginCount for a window, but multiple tables with the same ID are multiple tables, they are just synced. ImS16 InstanceInteracted; // Mark which instance (generally 0) of the same ID is being interacted with float RowPosY1; float RowPosY2; @@ -3088,7 +3105,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTable float AngledHeadersHeight; // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout() float AngledHeadersSlope; // Set by TableAngledHeadersRow(), used in TableUpdateLayout() ImRect OuterRect; // Note: for non-scrolling table, OuterRect.Max.y is often FLT_MAX until EndTable(), unless a height has been specified in BeginTable(). - ImRect InnerRect; // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is + ImRect InnerRect; // InnerRect but without decoration. As with OuterRect, for non-scrolling tables, InnerRect.Max.y is " ImRect WorkRect; ImRect InnerClipRect; ImRect BgClipRect; // We use this to cpu-clip cell background color fill, evolve during the frame as we cross frozen rows boundaries @@ -3185,7 +3202,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTableTempData ImGuiTableTempData() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); LastTimeActive = -1.0f; } }; -// sizeof() ~ 12 +// sizeof() ~ 16 struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings { float WidthOrWeight; @@ -3194,7 +3211,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings ImGuiTableColumnIdx DisplayOrder; ImGuiTableColumnIdx SortOrder; ImU8 SortDirection : 2; - ImU8 IsEnabled : 1; // "Visible" in ini file + ImS8 IsEnabled : 2; // "Visible" in ini file ImU8 IsStretch : 1; ImGuiTableColumnSettings() @@ -3204,7 +3221,7 @@ struct ImGuiTableColumnSettings Index = -1; DisplayOrder = SortOrder = -1; SortDirection = ImGuiSortDirection_None; - IsEnabled = 1; + IsEnabled = -1; IsStretch = 0; } }; @@ -3235,8 +3252,8 @@ namespace ImGui // If this ever crashes because g.CurrentWindow is NULL, it means that either: // - ImGui::NewFrame() has never been called, which is illegal. // - You are calling ImGui functions after ImGui::EndFrame()/ImGui::Render() and before the next ImGui::NewFrame(), which is also illegal. - IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIOEx(ImGuiContext* ctx); - IMGUI_API ImGuiPlatformIO& GetPlatformIOEx(ImGuiContext* ctx); + IMGUI_API ImGuiIO& GetIO(ImGuiContext* ctx); + IMGUI_API ImGuiPlatformIO& GetPlatformIO(ImGuiContext* ctx); inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindowRead() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow; } inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindow() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed = true; return g.CurrentWindow; } IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByID(ImGuiID id); @@ -3368,7 +3385,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void ShrinkWidths(ImGuiShrinkWidthItem* items, int count, float width_excess); // Parameter stacks (shared) - IMGUI_API const ImGuiDataVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx); + IMGUI_API const ImGuiStyleVarInfo* GetStyleVarInfo(ImGuiStyleVar idx); IMGUI_API void BeginDisabledOverrideReenable(); IMGUI_API void EndDisabledOverrideReenable(); @@ -3383,6 +3400,7 @@ namespace ImGui // Popups, Modals IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); + IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupMenuEx(ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_window_flags); IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiPopupFlags popup_flags = ImGuiPopupFlags_None); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window, bool restore_focus_to_window_under_popup); @@ -3797,6 +3815,7 @@ namespace ImGui inline bool TempInputIsActive(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (g.ActiveId == id && g.TempInputId == id); } inline ImGuiInputTextState* GetInputTextState(ImGuiID id) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return (id != 0 && g.InputTextState.ID == id) ? &g.InputTextState : NULL; } // Get input text state if active IMGUI_API void SetNextItemRefVal(ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data); + inline bool IsItemActiveAsInputText() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId == g.LastItemData.ID && g.InputTextState.ID == g.LastItemData.ID; } // This may be useful to apply workaround that a based on distinguish whenever an item is active as a text input field. // Color IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); @@ -3894,16 +3913,18 @@ struct ImFontBuilderIO #ifdef IMGUI_ENABLE_STB_TRUETYPE IMGUI_API const ImFontBuilderIO* ImFontAtlasGetBuilderForStbTruetype(); #endif -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasUpdateConfigDataPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasUpdateSourcesPointers(ImFontAtlas* atlas); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildInit(ImFontAtlas* atlas); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* font_config, float ascent, float descent); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImFont* font, ImFontConfig* src, float ascent, float descent); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildPackCustomRects(ImFontAtlas* atlas, void* stbrp_context_opaque); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildFinish(ImFontAtlas* atlas); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender8bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned char in_marker_pixel_value); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildRender32bppRectFromString(ImFontAtlas* atlas, int x, int y, int w, int h, const char* in_str, char in_marker_char, unsigned int in_marker_pixel_value); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(unsigned char out_table[256], float in_multiply_factor); IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyRectAlpha8(const unsigned char table[256], unsigned char* pixels, int x, int y, int w, int h, int stride); -IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildGetOversampleFactors(const ImFontConfig* cfg, int* out_oversample_h, int* out_oversample_v); +IMGUI_API void ImFontAtlasBuildGetOversampleFactors(const ImFontConfig* src, int* out_oversample_h, int* out_oversample_v); + +IMGUI_API bool ImFontAtlasGetMouseCursorTexData(ImFontAtlas* atlas, ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* out_offset, ImVec2* out_size, ImVec2 out_uv_border[2], ImVec2 out_uv_fill[2]); //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // [SECTION] Test Engine specific hooks (imgui_test_engine) diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_tables.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_tables.cpp index be2d4da3c..6b48b71ca 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_tables.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_tables.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.91.8 +// dear imgui, v1.91.9 // (tables and columns code) /* @@ -221,6 +221,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat" // warning: format specifies type 'int' but the argument has type 'unsigned int' #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant" // warning: zero as null pointer constant // some standard header variations use #define NULL 0 @@ -230,6 +231,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wnontrivial-memaccess" // warning: first argument in call to 'memset' is a pointer to non-trivially copyable type +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch-default" // warning: 'switch' missing 'default' label #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating-point with '==' or '!=' is unsafe @@ -340,6 +342,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG { ItemSize(outer_rect); ItemAdd(outer_rect, id); + g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); return false; } @@ -415,15 +418,18 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG // Reset scroll if we are reactivating it if ((previous_flags & (ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX | ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollY)) == 0) - if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll) == 0) + if ((g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasScroll) == 0) SetNextWindowScroll(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); // Create scrolling region (without border and zero window padding) - ImGuiWindowFlags child_window_flags = (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar : ImGuiWindowFlags_None; + ImGuiChildFlags child_child_flags = (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasChildFlags) ? g.NextWindowData.ChildFlags : ImGuiChildFlags_None; + ImGuiWindowFlags child_window_flags = (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasWindowFlags) ? g.NextWindowData.WindowFlags : ImGuiWindowFlags_None; + if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) + child_window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar; if (flags & ImGuiTableFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) { child_window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse; } - BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), ImGuiChildFlags_None, child_window_flags); + BeginChildEx(name, instance_id, outer_rect.GetSize(), child_child_flags, child_window_flags); table->InnerWindow = g.CurrentWindow; table->WorkRect = table->InnerWindow->WorkRect; table->OuterRect = table->InnerWindow->Rect(); @@ -576,6 +582,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginTableEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, int columns_count, ImG // Initialize table->SettingsOffset = -1; table->IsSortSpecsDirty = true; + table->IsSettingsDirty = true; // Records itself into .ini file even when in default state (#7934) table->InstanceInteracted = -1; table->ContextPopupColumn = -1; table->ReorderColumn = table->ResizedColumn = table->LastResizedColumn = -1; @@ -975,7 +982,7 @@ void ImGui::TableUpdateLayout(ImGuiTable* table) // [Part 4] Apply final widths based on requested widths const ImRect work_rect = table->WorkRect; const float width_spacings = (table->OuterPaddingX * 2.0f) + (table->CellSpacingX1 + table->CellSpacingX2) * (table->ColumnsEnabledCount - 1); - const float width_removed = (table->HasScrollbarYPrev && !table->InnerWindow->ScrollbarY) ? g.Style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f; // To synchronize decoration width of synched tables with mismatching scrollbar state (#5920) + const float width_removed = (table->HasScrollbarYPrev && !table->InnerWindow->ScrollbarY) ? g.Style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f; // To synchronize decoration width of synced tables with mismatching scrollbar state (#5920) const float width_avail = ImMax(1.0f, (((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) && table->InnerWidth == 0.0f) ? table->InnerClipRect.GetWidth() : work_rect.GetWidth()) - width_removed); const float width_avail_for_stretched_columns = width_avail - width_spacings - sum_width_requests; float width_remaining_for_stretched_columns = width_avail_for_stretched_columns; @@ -1388,7 +1395,7 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() // Setup inner scrolling range // FIXME: This ideally should be done earlier, in BeginTable() SetNextWindowContentSize call, just like writing to inner_window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, - // but since the later is likely to be impossible to do we'd rather update both axises together. + // but since the later is likely to be impossible to do we'd rather update both axes together. if (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_ScrollX) { const float outer_padding_for_border = (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_BordersOuterV) ? TABLE_BORDER_SIZE : 0.0f; @@ -1563,6 +1570,31 @@ void ImGui::EndTable() NavUpdateCurrentWindowIsScrollPushableX(); } +// Called in TableSetupColumn() when initializing and in TableLoadSettings() for defaults before applying stored settings. +// 'init_mask' specify which fields to initialize. +static void TableInitColumnDefaults(ImGuiTable* table, ImGuiTableColumn* column, ImGuiTableColumnFlags init_mask) +{ + ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags = column->Flags; + if (init_mask & ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable) + { + float init_width_or_weight = column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth; + column->WidthRequest = ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) ? init_width_or_weight : -1.0f; + column->StretchWeight = (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f && (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch)) ? init_width_or_weight : -1.0f; + if (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) // Disable auto-fit if an explicit width/weight has been specified + column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00; + } + if (init_mask & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) + column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)table->Columns.index_from_ptr(column); + if (init_mask & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) + column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) ? 0 : 1; + if (init_mask & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) + { + // Multiple columns using _DefaultSort will be reassigned unique SortOrder values when building the sort specs. + column->SortOrder = (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort) ? 0 : -1; + column->SortDirection = (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort) ? ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) ? (ImS8)ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : (ImU8)(ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending)) : (ImS8)ImGuiSortDirection_None; + } +} + // See "COLUMNS SIZING POLICIES" comments at the top of this file // If (init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f) it is ignored void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, float init_width_or_weight, ImGuiID user_id) @@ -1591,7 +1623,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, flo IM_ASSERT(init_width_or_weight <= 0.0f && "Can only specify width/weight if sizing policy is set explicitly in either Table or Column."); // When passing a width automatically enforce WidthFixed policy - // (whereas TableSetupColumnFlags would default to WidthAuto if table is not Resizable) + // (whereas TableSetupColumnFlags would default to WidthAuto if table is not resizable) if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthMask_) == 0 && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) if ((table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedFit || (table->Flags & ImGuiTableFlags_SizingMask_) == ImGuiTableFlags_SizingFixedSame) flags |= ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed; @@ -1609,27 +1641,10 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, flo column->InitStretchWeightOrWidth = init_width_or_weight; if (table->IsInitializing) { - // Init width or weight - if (column->WidthRequest < 0.0f && column->StretchWeight < 0.0f) - { - if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthFixed) && init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) - column->WidthRequest = init_width_or_weight; - if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_WidthStretch) - column->StretchWeight = (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) ? init_width_or_weight : -1.0f; - - // Disable auto-fit if an explicit width/weight has been specified - if (init_width_or_weight > 0.0f) - column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00; - } - - // Init default visibility/sort state - if ((flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultHide) && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) == 0) - column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = false; - if (flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_DefaultSort && (table->SettingsLoadedFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) == 0) - { - column->SortOrder = 0; // Multiple columns using _DefaultSort will be reassigned unique SortOrder values when building the sort specs. - column->SortDirection = (column->Flags & ImGuiTableColumnFlags_PreferSortDescending) ? (ImS8)ImGuiSortDirection_Descending : (ImU8)(ImGuiSortDirection_Ascending); - } + ImGuiTableFlags init_flags = ~0; + if (column->WidthRequest >= 0.0f || column->StretchWeight >= 0.0f) + init_flags &= ~ImGuiTableFlags_Resizable; + TableInitColumnDefaults(table, column, init_flags); } // Store name (append with zero-terminator in contiguous buffer) @@ -1638,7 +1653,7 @@ void ImGui::TableSetupColumn(const char* label, ImGuiTableColumnFlags flags, flo if (label != NULL && label[0] != 0) { column->NameOffset = (ImS16)table->ColumnsNames.size(); - table->ColumnsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); + table->ColumnsNames.append(label, label + ImStrlen(label) + 1); } } @@ -2104,7 +2119,11 @@ bool ImGui::TableSetColumnIndex(int column_n) { if (table->CurrentColumn != -1) TableEndCell(table); - IM_ASSERT(column_n >= 0 && table->ColumnsCount); + if ((column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount) == false) + { + IM_ASSERT_USER_ERROR(column_n >= 0 && column_n < table->ColumnsCount, "TableSetColumnIndex() invalid column index!"); + return false; + } TableBeginCell(table, column_n); } @@ -3717,6 +3736,14 @@ void ImGui::TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table) table->SettingsLoadedFlags = settings->SaveFlags; table->RefScale = settings->RefScale; + // Initialize default columns settings + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < table->ColumnsCount; column_n++) + { + ImGuiTableColumn* column = &table->Columns[column_n]; + TableInitColumnDefaults(table, column, ~0); + column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00; + } + // Serialize ImGuiTableSettings/ImGuiTableColumnSettings into ImGuiTable/ImGuiTableColumn ImGuiTableColumnSettings* column_settings = settings->GetColumnSettings(); ImU64 display_order_mask = 0; @@ -3733,14 +3760,12 @@ void ImGui::TableLoadSettings(ImGuiTable* table) column->StretchWeight = column_settings->WidthOrWeight; else column->WidthRequest = column_settings->WidthOrWeight; - column->AutoFitQueue = 0x00; } if (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) column->DisplayOrder = column_settings->DisplayOrder; - else - column->DisplayOrder = (ImGuiTableColumnIdx)column_n; display_order_mask |= (ImU64)1 << column->DisplayOrder; - column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = column_settings->IsEnabled; + if ((settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) && column_settings->IsEnabled != -1) + column->IsUserEnabled = column->IsUserEnabledNextFrame = column_settings->IsEnabled == 1; column->SortOrder = column_settings->SortOrder; column->SortDirection = column_settings->SortDirection; } @@ -3836,8 +3861,7 @@ static void TableSettingsHandler_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandle const bool save_visible = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Hideable) != 0; const bool save_order = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Reorderable) != 0; const bool save_sort = (settings->SaveFlags & ImGuiTableFlags_Sortable) != 0; - if (!save_size && !save_visible && !save_order && !save_sort) - continue; + // We need to save the [Table] entry even if all the bools are false, since this records a table with "default settings". buf->reserve(buf->size() + 30 + settings->ColumnsCount * 50); // ballpark reserve buf->appendf("[%s][0x%08X,%d]\n", handler->TypeName, settings->ID, settings->ColumnsCount); diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_widgets.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_widgets.cpp index 9d2116a95..25ad66358 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_widgets.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.91.8 +// dear imgui, v1.91.9 // (widgets code) /* @@ -70,6 +70,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning: unknown warning group 'xxx' #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning: use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants (typically 0.0f) is ok. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat" // warning: format specifies type 'int' but the argument has type 'unsigned int' #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion changes signedness #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-macros" // warning: macro is not used // we define snprintf/vsnprintf on Windows so they are available, but not always used. @@ -80,6 +81,7 @@ Index of this file: #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wimplicit-int-float-conversion" // warning: implicit conversion from 'xxx' to 'float' may lose precision #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunsafe-buffer-usage" // warning: 'xxx' is an unsafe pointer used for buffer access #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wnontrivial-memaccess" // warning: first argument in call to 'memset' is a pointer to non-trivially copyable type +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wswitch-default" // warning: 'switch' missing 'default' label #elif defined(__GNUC__) #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragmas" // warning: unknown option after '#pragma GCC diagnostic' kind #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning: comparing floating-point with '==' or '!=' is unsafe @@ -170,7 +172,7 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) // Calculate length const char* text_begin = text; if (text_end == NULL) - text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT + text_end = text + ImStrlen(text); // FIXME-OPT text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); //hides everything after ## @@ -212,7 +214,7 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) int lines_skipped = 0; while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable) { - const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); + const char* line_end = (const char*)ImMemchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); if (!line_end) line_end = text_end; if ((flags & ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText) == 0) @@ -233,7 +235,7 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0)) break; - const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); + const char* line_end = (const char*)ImMemchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); if (!line_end) line_end = text_end; text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, CalcTextSize(line, line_end).x); @@ -248,7 +250,7 @@ void ImGui::TextEx(const char* text, const char* text_end, ImGuiTextFlags flags) int lines_skipped = 0; while (line < text_end) { - const char* line_end = (const char*)memchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); + const char* line_end = (const char*)ImMemchr(line, '\n', text_end - line); if (!line_end) line_end = text_end; if ((flags & ImGuiTextFlags_NoWidthForLargeClippedText) == 0) @@ -1106,7 +1108,7 @@ ImRect ImGui::GetWindowScrollbarRect(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiAxis axis) const ImRect outer_rect = window->Rect(); const ImRect inner_rect = window->InnerRect; const float scrollbar_size = window->ScrollbarSizes[axis ^ 1]; // (ScrollbarSizes.x = width of Y scrollbar; ScrollbarSizes.y = height of X scrollbar) - IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size > 0.0f); + IM_ASSERT(scrollbar_size >= 0.0f); const float border_size = IM_ROUND(window->WindowBorderSize * 0.5f); const float border_top = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? IM_ROUND(g.Style.FrameBorderSize * 0.5f) : 0.0f; if (axis == ImGuiAxis_X) @@ -1164,8 +1166,8 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 // When we are too small, start hiding and disabling the grab (this reduce visual noise on very small window and facilitate using the window resize grab) float alpha = 1.0f; - if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) && bb_frame_height < g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f) - alpha = ImSaturate((bb_frame_height - g.FontSize) / (g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f)); + if ((axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) && bb_frame_height < bb_frame_width) + alpha = ImSaturate(bb_frame_height / ImMax(bb_frame_width * 2.0f, 1.0f)); if (alpha <= 0.0f) return false; @@ -1182,7 +1184,8 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside. IM_ASSERT(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_visible_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers. const ImS64 win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(size_contents_v, size_visible_v), (ImS64)1); - const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_visible_v / (float)win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); + const float grab_h_minsize = ImMin(bb.GetSize()[axis], style.GrabMinSize); + const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * ((float)size_visible_v / (float)win_size_v), grab_h_minsize, scrollbar_size_v); const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v; // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar(). @@ -1254,25 +1257,45 @@ bool ImGui::ScrollbarEx(const ImRect& bb_frame, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, ImS6 // - Read about ImTextureID here: https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Image-Loading-and-Displaying-Examples // - 'uv0' and 'uv1' are texture coordinates. Read about them from the same link above. -void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col) +void ImGui::ImageWithBg(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); if (window->SkipItems) return; - const float border_size = (border_col.w > 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; - const ImVec2 padding(border_size, border_size); + const ImVec2 padding(g.Style.ImageBorderSize, g.Style.ImageBorderSize); const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + image_size + padding * 2.0f); ItemSize(bb); if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) return; // Render - if (border_size > 0.0f) - window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, border_size); + if (g.Style.ImageBorderSize > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 0.0f, ImDrawFlags_None, g.Style.ImageBorderSize); + if (bg_col.w > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, GetColorU32(bg_col)); window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min + padding, bb.Max - padding, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); } +void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1) +{ + ImageWithBg(user_texture_id, image_size, uv0, uv1); +} + +// 1.91.9 (February 2025) removed 'tint_col' and 'border_col' parameters, made border size not depend on color value. (#8131, #8238) +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ImageBorderSize, (border_col.w > 0.0f) ? ImMax(1.0f, g.Style.ImageBorderSize) : 0.0f); // Preserve legacy behavior where border is always visible when border_col's Alpha is >0.0f + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Border, border_col); + ImageWithBg(user_texture_id, image_size, uv0, uv1, ImVec4(0, 0, 0, 0), tint_col); + PopStyleColor(); + PopStyleVar(); +} +#endif + bool ImGui::ImageButtonEx(ImGuiID id, ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& image_size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -1617,7 +1640,7 @@ bool ImGui::TextLink(const char* label) const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); const char* label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); - ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImVec2 pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrLineTextBaseOffset); ImVec2 size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, true); ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); ItemSize(size, 0.0f); @@ -2022,7 +2045,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags backup_next_window_data_flags = g.NextWindowData.Flags; + ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags backup_next_window_data_flags = g.NextWindowData.HasFlags; g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values if (window->SkipItems) return false; @@ -2091,7 +2114,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboF if (!popup_open) return false; - g.NextWindowData.Flags = backup_next_window_data_flags; + g.NextWindowData.HasFlags = backup_next_window_data_flags; return BeginComboPopup(popup_id, bb, flags); } @@ -2106,7 +2129,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags // Set popup size float w = bb.GetWidth(); - if (g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) + if (g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint) { g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x = ImMax(g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x, w); } @@ -2120,9 +2143,9 @@ bool ImGui::BeginComboPopup(ImGuiID popup_id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiComboFlags else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall) popup_max_height_in_items = 4; else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge) popup_max_height_in_items = 20; ImVec2 constraint_min(0.0f, 0.0f), constraint_max(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x <= 0.0f) // Don't apply constraints if user specified a size + if ((g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.x <= 0.0f) // Don't apply constraints if user specified a size constraint_min.x = w; - if ((g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y <= 0.0f) + if ((g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSize) == 0 || g.NextWindowData.SizeVal.y <= 0.0f) constraint_max.y = CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items); SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(constraint_min, constraint_max); } @@ -2237,7 +2260,7 @@ static const char* Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx) { if (idx == items_count) break; - p += strlen(p) + 1; + p += ImStrlen(p) + 1; items_count++; } return *p ? p : NULL; @@ -2254,7 +2277,7 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* (*getter)(vo preview_value = getter(user_data, *current_item); // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't have/need it, but we emulate it here. - if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !(g.NextWindowData.Flags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)) + if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !(g.NextWindowData.HasFlags & ImGuiNextWindowDataFlags_HasSizeConstraint)) SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); if (!BeginCombo(label, preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags_None)) @@ -2305,7 +2328,7 @@ bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separa const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open while (*p) { - p += strlen(p) + 1; + p += ImStrlen(p) + 1; items_count++; } bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items); @@ -2815,7 +2838,7 @@ bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_data, bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an InputText + // Tabbing or CTRL+click on Drag turns it into an InputText const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id); const bool double_clicked = (hovered && g.IO.MouseClickedCount[0] == 2 && TestKeyOwner(ImGuiKey_MouseLeft, id)); const bool make_active = (clicked || double_clicked || g.NavActivateId == id); @@ -3419,7 +3442,7 @@ bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* p_dat bool temp_input_is_active = temp_input_allowed && TempInputIsActive(id); if (!temp_input_is_active) { - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box + // Tabbing or CTRL+click on Slider turns it into an input box const bool clicked = hovered && IsMouseClicked(0, ImGuiInputFlags_None, id); const bool make_active = (clicked || g.NavActivateId == id); if (make_active && clicked) @@ -4091,7 +4114,7 @@ static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** line_count++; if (s_eol == NULL) { - s = s + strlen(s); + s = s + ImStrlen(s); break; } s = s_eol + 1; @@ -4387,7 +4410,7 @@ void ImGuiInputTextState::OnCharPressed(unsigned int c) // The changes we had to make to stb_textedit_key made it very much UTF-8 specific which is not too great. char utf8[5]; ImTextCharToUtf8(utf8, c); - stb_textedit_text(this, Stb, utf8, (int)strlen(utf8)); + stb_textedit_text(this, Stb, utf8, (int)ImStrlen(utf8)); CursorFollow = true; CursorAnimReset(); } @@ -4438,7 +4461,7 @@ void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, cons // Grow internal buffer if needed const bool is_resizable = (Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; - const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text); + const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)ImStrlen(new_text); if (new_text_len + BufTextLen >= BufSize) { if (!is_resizable) @@ -4472,7 +4495,7 @@ void ImGui::PushPasswordFont() ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImFont* in_font = g.Font; ImFont* out_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont; - const ImFontGlyph* glyph = in_font->FindGlyph('*'); + ImFontGlyph* glyph = in_font->FindGlyph('*'); out_font->FontSize = in_font->FontSize; out_font->Scale = in_font->Scale; out_font->Ascent = in_font->Ascent; @@ -4494,7 +4517,13 @@ static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(ImGuiContext* ctx, unsigned int* p_char, Im if (c < 0x20) { bool pass = false; - pass |= (c == '\n') && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code) + pass |= (c == '\n') && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; // Note that an Enter KEY will emit \r and be ignored (we poll for KEY in InputText() code) + if (c == '\n' && input_source_is_clipboard && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) == 0) // In single line mode, replace \n with a space + { + c = *p_char = ' '; + pass = true; + } + pass |= (c == '\n') && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; pass |= (c == '\t') && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) != 0; if (!pass) return false; @@ -4760,7 +4789,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ const bool init_state = (init_make_active || user_scroll_active); if (init_reload_from_user_buf) { - int new_len = (int)strlen(buf); + int new_len = (int)ImStrlen(buf); IM_ASSERT(new_len + 1 <= buf_size && "Is your input buffer properly zero-terminated?"); state->WantReloadUserBuf = false; InputTextReconcileUndoState(state, state->TextA.Data, state->TextLen, buf, new_len); @@ -4782,7 +4811,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Take a copy of the initial buffer value. // From the moment we focused we are normally ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode) - const int buf_len = (int)strlen(buf); + const int buf_len = (int)ImStrlen(buf); IM_ASSERT(buf_len + 1 <= buf_size && "Is your input buffer properly zero-terminated?"); state->TextToRevertTo.resize(buf_len + 1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data is always pointing to at least an empty string. memcpy(state->TextToRevertTo.Data, buf, buf_len + 1); @@ -4867,7 +4896,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Read-only mode always ever read from source buffer. Refresh TextLen when active. if (is_readonly && state != NULL) - state->TextLen = (int)strlen(buf); + state->TextLen = (int)ImStrlen(buf); //if (is_readonly && state != NULL) // state->TextA.clear(); // Uncomment to facilitate debugging, but we otherwise prefer to keep/amortize th allocation. } @@ -4890,7 +4919,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ // Select the buffer to render. const bool buf_display_from_state = (render_cursor || render_selection || g.ActiveId == id) && !is_readonly && state; - const bool is_displaying_hint = (hint != NULL && (buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf)[0] == 0); + bool is_displaying_hint = (hint != NULL && (buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf)[0] == 0); // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint) @@ -5024,14 +5053,14 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End - // Using Shortcut() with ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (default policy) to allow routing operations for other code (e.g. calling window trying to use CTRL+A and CTRL+B: formet would be handled by InputText) + // Using Shortcut() with ImGuiInputFlags_RouteFocused (default policy) to allow routing operations for other code (e.g. calling window trying to use CTRL+A and CTRL+B: former would be handled by InputText) // Otherwise we could simply assume that we own the keys as we are active. const ImGuiInputFlags f_repeat = ImGuiInputFlags_Repeat; const bool is_cut = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_X, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Delete, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); const bool is_copy = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_C, 0, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Insert, 0, id)) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || state->HasSelection()); const bool is_paste = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_V, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Insert, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly; const bool is_undo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; - const bool is_redo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Y, f_repeat, id) || (is_osx && Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id))) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; + const bool is_redo = (Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_Y, f_repeat, id) || Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiMod_Shift | ImGuiKey_Z, f_repeat, id)) && !is_readonly && is_undoable; const bool is_select_all = Shortcut(ImGuiMod_Ctrl | ImGuiKey_A, 0, id); // We allow validate/cancel with Nav source (gamepad) to makes it easier to undo an accidental NavInput press with no keyboard wired, but otherwise it isn't very useful. @@ -5146,7 +5175,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (const char* clipboard = GetClipboardText()) { // Filter pasted buffer - const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard); + const int clipboard_len = (int)ImStrlen(clipboard); ImVector clipboard_filtered; clipboard_filtered.reserve(clipboard_len + 1); for (const char* s = clipboard; *s != 0; ) @@ -5158,7 +5187,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ continue; char c_utf8[5]; ImTextCharToUtf8(c_utf8, c); - int out_len = (int)strlen(c_utf8); + int out_len = (int)ImStrlen(c_utf8); clipboard_filtered.resize(clipboard_filtered.Size + out_len); memcpy(clipboard_filtered.Data + clipboard_filtered.Size - out_len, c_utf8, out_len); } @@ -5288,7 +5317,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ if (buf_dirty) { // Callback may update buffer and thus set buf_dirty even in read-only mode. - IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)ImStrlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! InputTextReconcileUndoState(state, state->CallbackTextBackup.Data, state->CallbackTextBackup.Size - 1, callback_data.Buf, callback_data.BufTextLen); state->TextLen = callback_data.BufTextLen; // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen() state->CursorAnimReset(); @@ -5372,10 +5401,22 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ const int buf_display_max_length = 2 * 1024 * 1024; const char* buf_display = buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf; //-V595 const char* buf_display_end = NULL; // We have specialized paths below for setting the length + + // Display hint when contents is empty + // At this point we need to handle the possibility that a callback could have modified the underlying buffer (#8368) + const bool new_is_displaying_hint = (hint != NULL && (buf_display_from_state ? state->TextA.Data : buf)[0] == 0); + if (new_is_displaying_hint != is_displaying_hint) + { + if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint) + PopFont(); + is_displaying_hint = new_is_displaying_hint; + if (is_password && !is_displaying_hint) + PushPasswordFont(); + } if (is_displaying_hint) { buf_display = hint; - buf_display_end = hint + strlen(hint); + buf_display_end = hint + ImStrlen(hint); } // Render text. We currently only render selection when the widget is active or while scrolling. @@ -5408,7 +5449,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ int line_count = 1; if (is_multiline) { - for (const char* s = text_begin; (s = (const char*)memchr(s, '\n', (size_t)(text_end - s))) != NULL; s++) + for (const char* s = text_begin; (s = (const char*)ImMemchr(s, '\n', (size_t)(text_end - s))) != NULL; s++) { if (cursor_line_no == -1 && s >= cursor_ptr) { cursor_line_no = line_count; } if (selmin_line_no == -1 && s >= selmin_ptr) { selmin_line_no = line_count; } @@ -5486,7 +5527,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ break; if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y) { - p = (const char*)memchr((void*)p, '\n', text_selected_end - p); + p = (const char*)ImMemchr((void*)p, '\n', text_selected_end - p); p = p ? p + 1 : text_selected_end; } else @@ -5539,7 +5580,7 @@ bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, const char* hint, char* buf, int buf_ else if (!is_displaying_hint && g.ActiveId == id) buf_display_end = buf_display + state->TextLen; else if (!is_displaying_hint) - buf_display_end = buf_display + strlen(buf_display); + buf_display_end = buf_display + ImStrlen(buf_display); if (is_multiline || (buf_display_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length) { @@ -5684,7 +5725,7 @@ static void ColorEditRestoreHS(const float* col, float* H, float* S, float* V) // Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range). // See enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ for available options. e.g. Only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. -// With typical options: Left-click on color square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item. +// With typical options: Left-click on color square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL+Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item. bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -7322,11 +7363,11 @@ bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags fl if (is_visible) { if(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHashTextHide) { - RenderTextClippedNoHashHide(pos, ImVec2(window->WorkRect.Max.x, pos.y + size.y), label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); + RenderTextClippedNoHashHide(pos, ImVec2(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, window->WorkRect.Max.x), pos.y + size.y), label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); } else { - RenderTextClipped(pos, ImVec2(window->WorkRect.Max.x, pos.y + size.y), label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); + RenderTextClipped(pos, ImVec2(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, window->WorkRect.Max.x), pos.y + size.y), label, NULL, &label_size, style.SelectableTextAlign, &bb); } } @@ -7391,7 +7432,7 @@ ImGuiTypingSelectRequest* ImGui::GetTypingSelectRequest(ImGuiTypingSelectFlags f // Append to buffer const int buffer_max_len = IM_ARRAYSIZE(data->SearchBuffer) - 1; - int buffer_len = (int)strlen(data->SearchBuffer); + int buffer_len = (int)ImStrlen(data->SearchBuffer); bool select_request = false; for (ImWchar w : g.IO.InputQueueCharacters) { @@ -9079,7 +9120,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) if (g.MenusIdSubmittedThisFrame.contains(id)) { if (menu_is_open) - menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, window_flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + menu_is_open = BeginPopupMenuEx(id, label, window_flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) else g.NextWindowData.ClearFlags(); // we behave like Begin() and need to consume those values return menu_is_open; @@ -9110,7 +9151,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) const ImGuiSelectableFlags selectable_flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoSetKeyOwner | ImGuiSelectableFlags_SelectOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoAutoClosePopups; if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) { - // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar + // Menu inside a horizontal menu bar // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction. // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin() popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - 1.0f - IM_TRUNC(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f), pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight); @@ -9241,7 +9282,7 @@ bool ImGui::BeginMenuEx(const char* label, const char* icon, bool enabled) ImGuiLastItemData last_item_in_parent = g.LastItemData; SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); // Note: misleading: the value will serve as reference for FindBestWindowPosForPopup(), not actual pos. PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ChildRounding, style.PopupRounding); // First level will use _PopupRounding, subsequent will use _ChildRounding - menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, window_flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + menu_is_open = BeginPopupMenuEx(id, label, window_flags); // menu_is_open may be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) PopStyleVar(); if (menu_is_open) { @@ -10370,7 +10411,7 @@ bool ImGui::TabItemEx(ImGuiTabBar* tab_bar, const char* label, bool* p_open, else { tab->NameOffset = (ImS32)tab_bar->TabsNames.size(); - tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + strlen(label) + 1); + tab_bar->TabsNames.append(label, label + ImStrlen(label) + 1); } // Update selected tab @@ -10718,13 +10759,24 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, // 'g.ActiveId==close_button_id' will be true when we are holding on the close button, in which case both hovered booleans are false bool close_button_pressed = false; bool close_button_visible = false; - if (close_button_id != 0) - if (is_contents_visible || bb.GetWidth() >= ImMax(button_sz, g.Style.TabMinWidthForCloseButton)) - if (g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == tab_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id) - close_button_visible = true; - bool unsaved_marker_visible = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) != 0 && (button_pos.x + button_sz <= bb.Max.x); + bool is_hovered = g.HoveredId == tab_id || g.HoveredId == close_button_id || g.ActiveId == tab_id || g.ActiveId == close_button_id; // Any interaction account for this too. - if (close_button_visible) + if (close_button_id != 0) + { + if (is_contents_visible) + close_button_visible = (g.Style.TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected < 0.0f) ? true : (is_hovered && bb.GetWidth() >= ImMax(button_sz, g.Style.TabCloseButtonMinWidthSelected)); + else + close_button_visible = (g.Style.TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected < 0.0f) ? true : (is_hovered && bb.GetWidth() >= ImMax(button_sz, g.Style.TabCloseButtonMinWidthUnselected)); + } + + // When tabs/document is unsaved, the unsaved marker takes priority over the close button. + const bool unsaved_marker_visible = (flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_UnsavedDocument) != 0 && (button_pos.x + button_sz <= bb.Max.x) && (!close_button_visible || !is_hovered); + if (unsaved_marker_visible) + { + const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz)); + RenderBullet(draw_list, bullet_bb.GetCenter(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); + } + else if (close_button_visible) { ImGuiLastItemData last_item_backup = g.LastItemData; if (CloseButton(close_button_id, button_pos)) @@ -10732,14 +10784,9 @@ void ImGui::TabItemLabelAndCloseButton(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& bb, g.LastItemData = last_item_backup; // Close with middle mouse button - if (!(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) && IsMouseClicked(2)) + if (is_hovered && !(flags & ImGuiTabItemFlags_NoCloseWithMiddleMouseButton) && IsMouseClicked(2)) close_button_pressed = true; } - else if (unsaved_marker_visible) - { - const ImRect bullet_bb(button_pos, button_pos + ImVec2(button_sz, button_sz)); - RenderBullet(draw_list, bullet_bb.GetCenter(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); - } // This is all rather complicated // (the main idea is that because the close button only appears on hover, we don't want it to alter the ellipsis position) diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/misc/freetype/README.md b/extern/imgui_patched/misc/freetype/README.md index 3955b080e..e1bd0198b 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/misc/freetype/README.md +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/misc/freetype/README.md @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ You can use the `ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor` flag to load certain color ### Using OpenType SVG fonts (SVGinOT) - *SVG in Open Type* is a standard by Adobe and Mozilla for color OpenType and Open Font Format fonts. It allows font creators to embed complete SVG files within a font enabling full color and even animations. -- Popular fonts such as [twemoji](https://github.com/13rac1/twemoji-color-font) and fonts made with [scfbuild](https://github.com/13rac1/scfbuild) is SVGinOT +- Popular fonts such as [twemoji](https://github.com/13rac1/twemoji-color-font) and fonts made with [scfbuild](https://github.com/13rac1/scfbuild) is SVGinOT. - Two alternatives are possible to render SVG fonts: use "lunasvg" or "plutosvg". plutosvg will support some more fonts (e.g. NotoColorEmoji-Regular) and may load them faster. #### Using lunasvg @@ -48,15 +48,7 @@ Requires: [lunasvg](https://github.com/sammycage/lunasvg) v2.3.2 and above #### Using plutosvg (and plutovg) - Add `#define IMGUI_ENABLE_FREETYPE_PLUTOSVG` in your `imconfig.h`. -- Compile and link with plutosvg *and* plutovg (which is required by plutosvg) - -_Compilation hints for plutovg_ -- Compile all source files in `plutovg/source/*.c` -- Add include directory: `plutovg/include` + `plutovg/stb` - -_Compilation hints for plutosvg_ -- Compile `plutosvg/source/plutosvg.c` -- Add include directory: `plutosvg/source` -- Add define: `PLUTOSVG_HAS_FREETYPE` -- Link with: plutovg, freetype - +- Get latest plutosvg binaries or build yourself. Under Windows you may use vcpkg with: `vcpkg install plutosvg --triplet=x64-windows`. Alternatively, if you build imgui from vcpkg, you just need to enable the plutosvg feature: `vcpkg install imgui[plutosvg] --triplet=x64-windows` +- If you prefer to build plutosvg manually: + - Compilation hints for plutovg: Compile all source files in `plutovg/source/*.c` + Add include directory: `plutovg/include` + `plutovg/stb` + - Compilation hints for plutosvg: Compile `plutosvg/source/plutosvg.c` + Add include directory: `plutosvg/source` + Add define: `PLUTOSVG_HAS_FREETYPE` + Link with: plutovg, freetype diff --git a/extern/imgui_patched/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp b/extern/imgui_patched/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp index 4e2374a05..81928d296 100644 --- a/extern/imgui_patched/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp +++ b/extern/imgui_patched/misc/freetype/imgui_freetype.cpp @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ namespace // NB: No ctor/dtor, explicitly call Init()/Shutdown() struct FreeTypeFont { - bool InitFont(FT_Library ft_library, const ImFontConfig& cfg, unsigned int extra_user_flags); // Initialize from an external data buffer. Doesn't copy data, and you must ensure it stays valid up to this object lifetime. + bool InitFont(FT_Library ft_library, const ImFontConfig& src, unsigned int extra_user_flags); // Initialize from an external data buffer. Doesn't copy data, and you must ensure it stays valid up to this object lifetime. void CloseFont(); void SetPixelHeight(int pixel_height); // Change font pixel size. All following calls to RasterizeGlyph() will use this size const FT_Glyph_Metrics* LoadGlyph(uint32_t in_codepoint); @@ -185,9 +185,9 @@ namespace float InvRasterizationDensity; }; - bool FreeTypeFont::InitFont(FT_Library ft_library, const ImFontConfig& cfg, unsigned int extra_font_builder_flags) + bool FreeTypeFont::InitFont(FT_Library ft_library, const ImFontConfig& src, unsigned int extra_font_builder_flags) { - FT_Error error = FT_New_Memory_Face(ft_library, (uint8_t*)cfg.FontData, (uint32_t)cfg.FontDataSize, (uint32_t)cfg.FontNo, &Face); + FT_Error error = FT_New_Memory_Face(ft_library, (uint8_t*)src.FontData, (uint32_t)src.FontDataSize, (uint32_t)src.FontNo, &Face); if (error != 0) return false; error = FT_Select_Charmap(Face, FT_ENCODING_UNICODE); @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ namespace return false; // Convert to FreeType flags (NB: Bold and Oblique are processed separately) - UserFlags = cfg.FontBuilderFlags | extra_font_builder_flags; + UserFlags = src.FontBuilderFlags | extra_font_builder_flags; LoadFlags = 0; if ((UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_Bitmap) == 0) @@ -222,11 +222,11 @@ namespace if (UserFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor) LoadFlags |= FT_LOAD_COLOR; - RasterizationDensity = cfg.RasterizerDensity; + RasterizationDensity = src.RasterizerDensity; InvRasterizationDensity = 1.0f / RasterizationDensity; memset(&Info, 0, sizeof(Info)); - SetPixelHeight((uint32_t)cfg.SizePixels); + SetPixelHeight((uint32_t)src.SizePixels); return true; } @@ -269,11 +269,11 @@ namespace if (glyph_index == 0) return nullptr; - // If this crash for you: FreeType 2.11.0 has a crash bug on some bitmap/colored fonts. - // - https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/freetype/freetype/-/issues/1076 - // - https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4567 - // - https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4566 - // You can use FreeType 2.10, or the patched version of 2.11.0 in VcPkg, or probably any upcoming FreeType version. + // If this crash for you: FreeType 2.11.0 has a crash bug on some bitmap/colored fonts. + // - https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/freetype/freetype/-/issues/1076 + // - https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4567 + // - https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/4566 + // You can use FreeType 2.10, or the patched version of 2.11.0 in VcPkg, or probably any upcoming FreeType version. FT_Error error = FT_Load_Glyph(Face, glyph_index, LoadFlags); if (error) return nullptr; @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ struct ImFontBuildDstDataFT bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(FT_Library ft_library, ImFontAtlas* atlas, unsigned int extra_flags) { - IM_ASSERT(atlas->ConfigData.Size > 0); + IM_ASSERT(atlas->Sources.Size > 0); ImFontAtlasBuildInit(atlas); @@ -460,36 +460,36 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(FT_Library ft_library, ImFontAtlas* atlas, u bool src_load_color = false; ImVector src_tmp_array; ImVector dst_tmp_array; - src_tmp_array.resize(atlas->ConfigData.Size); + src_tmp_array.resize(atlas->Sources.Size); dst_tmp_array.resize(atlas->Fonts.Size); memset((void*)src_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)src_tmp_array.size_in_bytes()); memset((void*)dst_tmp_array.Data, 0, (size_t)dst_tmp_array.size_in_bytes()); // 1. Initialize font loading structure, check font data validity - for (int src_i = 0; src_i < atlas->ConfigData.Size; src_i++) + for (int src_i = 0; src_i < atlas->Sources.Size; src_i++) { ImFontBuildSrcDataFT& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; - ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; + ImFontConfig& src = atlas->Sources[src_i]; FreeTypeFont& font_face = src_tmp.Font; - IM_ASSERT(cfg.DstFont && (!cfg.DstFont->IsLoaded() || cfg.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == atlas)); + IM_ASSERT(src.DstFont && (!src.DstFont->IsLoaded() || src.DstFont->ContainerAtlas == atlas)); - // Find index from cfg.DstFont (we allow the user to set cfg.DstFont. Also it makes casual debugging nicer than when storing indices) + // Find index from src.DstFont (we allow the user to set cfg.DstFont. Also it makes casual debugging nicer than when storing indices) src_tmp.DstIndex = -1; for (int output_i = 0; output_i < atlas->Fonts.Size && src_tmp.DstIndex == -1; output_i++) - if (cfg.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i]) + if (src.DstFont == atlas->Fonts[output_i]) src_tmp.DstIndex = output_i; - IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // cfg.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array? + IM_ASSERT(src_tmp.DstIndex != -1); // src.DstFont not pointing within atlas->Fonts[] array? if (src_tmp.DstIndex == -1) return false; // Load font - if (!font_face.InitFont(ft_library, cfg, extra_flags)) + if (!font_face.InitFont(ft_library, src, extra_flags)) return false; // Measure highest codepoints - src_load_color |= (cfg.FontBuilderFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor) != 0; + src_load_color |= (src.FontBuilderFlags & ImGuiFreeTypeBuilderFlags_LoadColor) != 0; ImFontBuildDstDataFT& dst_tmp = dst_tmp_array[src_tmp.DstIndex]; - src_tmp.SrcRanges = cfg.GlyphRanges ? cfg.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault(); + src_tmp.SrcRanges = src.GlyphRanges ? src.GlyphRanges : atlas->GetGlyphRangesDefault(); for (const ImWchar* src_range = src_tmp.SrcRanges; src_range[0] && src_range[1]; src_range += 2) { // Check for valid range. This may also help detect *some* dangling pointers, because a common @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(FT_Library ft_library, ImFontAtlas* atlas, u for (int src_i = 0; src_i < src_tmp_array.Size; src_i++) { ImFontBuildSrcDataFT& src_tmp = src_tmp_array[src_i]; - ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; + ImFontConfig& src = atlas->Sources[src_i]; if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) continue; @@ -587,10 +587,10 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(FT_Library ft_library, ImFontAtlas* atlas, u buf_rects_out_n += src_tmp.GlyphsCount; // Compute multiply table if requested - const bool multiply_enabled = (cfg.RasterizerMultiply != 1.0f); + const bool multiply_enabled = (src.RasterizerMultiply != 1.0f); unsigned char multiply_table[256]; if (multiply_enabled) - ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(multiply_table, cfg.RasterizerMultiply); + ImFontAtlasBuildMultiplyCalcLookupTable(multiply_table, src.RasterizerMultiply); // Gather the sizes of all rectangles we will need to pack for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsList.Size; glyph_i++) @@ -698,18 +698,18 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(FT_Library ft_library, ImFontAtlas* atlas, u // When merging fonts with MergeMode=true: // - We can have multiple input fonts writing into a same destination font. - // - dst_font->ConfigData is != from cfg which is our source configuration. - ImFontConfig& cfg = atlas->ConfigData[src_i]; - ImFont* dst_font = cfg.DstFont; + // - dst_font->Sources is != from src which is our source configuration. + ImFontConfig& src = atlas->Sources[src_i]; + ImFont* dst_font = src.DstFont; const float ascent = src_tmp.Font.Info.Ascender; const float descent = src_tmp.Font.Info.Descender; - ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &cfg, ascent, descent); + ImFontAtlasBuildSetupFont(atlas, dst_font, &src, ascent, descent); if (src_tmp.GlyphsCount == 0) continue; - const float font_off_x = cfg.GlyphOffset.x; - const float font_off_y = cfg.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent); + const float font_off_x = src.GlyphOffset.x; + const float font_off_y = src.GlyphOffset.y + IM_ROUND(dst_font->Ascent); const int padding = atlas->TexGlyphPadding; for (int glyph_i = 0; glyph_i < src_tmp.GlyphsCount; glyph_i++) @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ bool ImFontAtlasBuildWithFreeTypeEx(FT_Library ft_library, ImFontAtlas* atlas, u float v0 = (ty) / (float)atlas->TexHeight; float u1 = (tx + info.Width) / (float)atlas->TexWidth; float v1 = (ty + info.Height) / (float)atlas->TexHeight; - dst_font->AddGlyph(&cfg, (ImWchar)src_glyph.Codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, u0, v0, u1, v1, info.AdvanceX * src_tmp.Font.InvRasterizationDensity); + dst_font->AddGlyph(&src, (ImWchar)src_glyph.Codepoint, x0, y0, x1, y1, u0, v0, u1, v1, info.AdvanceX * src_tmp.Font.InvRasterizationDensity); ImFontGlyph* dst_glyph = &dst_font->Glyphs.back(); IM_ASSERT(dst_glyph->Codepoint == src_glyph.Codepoint);